TWI805704B - Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film - Google Patents

Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI805704B
TWI805704B TW108107788A TW108107788A TWI805704B TW I805704 B TWI805704 B TW I805704B TW 108107788 A TW108107788 A TW 108107788A TW 108107788 A TW108107788 A TW 108107788A TW I805704 B TWI805704 B TW I805704B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
forming
film
thermosetting
aforementioned
Prior art date
Application number
TW108107788A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201938365A (en
Inventor
古野健太
米山裕之
Original Assignee
日商琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW201938365A publication Critical patent/TW201938365A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI805704B publication Critical patent/TWI805704B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L21/6835Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
    • H01L21/6836Wafer tapes, e.g. grinding or dicing support tapes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/36Removing material
    • B23K26/38Removing material by boring or cutting
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/50Working by transmitting the laser beam through or within the workpiece
    • B23K26/53Working by transmitting the laser beam through or within the workpiece for modifying or reforming the material inside the workpiece, e.g. for producing break initiation cracks
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/022Mechanical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/10Adhesives in the form of films or foils without carriers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/77Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate
    • H01L21/78Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2203/00Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2203/326Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils for bonding electronic components such as wafers, chips or semiconductors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2221/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof covered by H01L21/00
    • H01L2221/67Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L2221/683Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L2221/68304Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
    • H01L2221/68327Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support used during dicing or grinding
    • H01L2221/68336Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support used during dicing or grinding involving stretching of the auxiliary support post dicing

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

A composite sheet for forming a protective film including a support sheet having a substrate and an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film provided on the support sheet, wherein the substrate has a property that a loss tangent (tangδ) at -15℃ is 0.05 or more and a storage modulus (G’) at 80℃ is 35.0 MPa or more.

Description

保護膜形成用複合片及附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法Composite sheet for forming protective film and method of manufacturing semiconductor wafer with protective film

本發明係有關於一種保護膜形成用複合片及附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法。 本申請案係基於2018年3月9日在日本提出申請之特願2018-043567號而主張優先權,而且將其內容引用於此。The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a composite sheet for forming a protective film and a semiconductor wafer with a protective film. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-043567 for which it applied in Japan on March 9, 2018, and uses the content here.

近年來,係進行應用所謂倒裝(face down)方式的封裝法而製造半導體裝置。在倒裝方式,係使用在電路面上具有凸塊等的電極之半導體晶片,前述電極係與基板接合。因此,半導體晶片之與電路面為相反側的背面係有露出之情形。In recent years, semiconductor devices have been manufactured by applying a so-called face down packaging method. In the flip-chip method, a semiconductor wafer having electrodes such as bumps on the circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to the substrate. Therefore, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer which is the side opposite to the circuit surface is exposed.

有將含有有機材料之樹脂膜形成在該露出之半導體晶片的背面作為保護膜,且以附有保護膜的半導體晶片之方式被收納在半導體裝置之情形。 利用保護膜,係為了防止在切割步驟和封裝之後,在半導體晶片產生龜裂。In some cases, a resin film containing an organic material is formed on the back surface of the exposed semiconductor wafer as a protective film, and the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is housed in a semiconductor device. The protective film is used to prevent cracks from occurring on the semiconductor wafer after the dicing step and packaging.

為了形成此種保護膜,係例如使用保護膜形成用複合片,該保護膜形成用複合片係具備用以在具有基材之支撐片上形成保護膜之保護膜形成用薄膜。在保護膜形成用複合片,係能夠藉由保護膜形成用薄膜硬化而形成保護膜,而且能夠將支撐片利用作為切割片且能夠作為將保護膜形成用薄膜與切割片一體化而成之物。In order to form such a protective film, for example, a composite sheet for forming a protective film provided with a film for forming a protective film for forming a protective film on a support sheet having a base material is used, for example. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the protective film can be formed by hardening the film for forming a protective film, and the support sheet can be used as a dicing sheet and can be used as a product that integrates the film for forming a protective film and the dicing sheet .

作為此種保護膜形成用複合片,係利用具備藉由加熱硬化而形成保護膜之熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之物。例如藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜而將保護膜形成用複合片貼附在半導體晶圓的背面(與電極形成面為相反側的面)之後,藉由加熱使保護膜形成用薄膜硬化而成為保護膜,而且藉由切割而將半導體晶圓連保護膜一起分割成為半導體晶片。而且,在將該保護膜貼附在半導體晶片之狀態下,從支撐片剝離而拾取。又,保護膜形成用薄膜的硬化及切割,亦有依照與此為相反順序而進行之情形。As such a composite sheet for protective film formation, what is provided with the thermosetting protective film formation film which forms a protective film by heat hardening is utilized. For example, after attaching the protective film forming composite sheet to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) with a thermosetting protective film forming film, the protective film forming film is cured by heating and become a protective film, and the semiconductor wafer is divided into semiconductor wafers together with the protective film by dicing. And in the state which attached this protective film to a semiconductor wafer, it peeled and picked up from a support sheet. In addition, curing and dicing of the thin film for protective film formation may be performed in the reverse order.

作為半導體晶圓連保護膜一起分割之方法,係廣泛地利用使用切割刀片之切割半導體晶圓之方法,相對於此,近年來亦進行各種研討不使用切割刀片之半導體晶圓的分割方法。例如已知以聚束在設定於半導體晶圓的內部的焦點之方式照射雷射光而在半導體晶圓的內部形成改質層,其次,藉由將形成有該改質層且且背面貼附有樹脂膜之半導體晶圓,與該樹脂膜一起往樹脂膜的平面方向擴展而將樹脂膜切斷,同時在改質層的部位將半導體晶圓且個片化來得到半導體晶片之方法。為了使樹脂膜在平面方向的擴展,將半導體晶圓與樹脂膜一起良好地分割,例如已研討在-15℃的低溫條件下進行冷擴展。As a method of dividing a semiconductor wafer together with a protective film, a method of dicing a semiconductor wafer using a dicing blade is widely used. In contrast, in recent years, various methods of dividing a semiconductor wafer without using a dicing blade have been studied. For example, it is known to form a modified layer inside a semiconductor wafer by irradiating laser light so as to focus on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer. The semiconductor wafer of the resin film is spread in the plane direction of the resin film together with the resin film, the resin film is cut, and the semiconductor wafer is divided into pieces at the position of the modified layer to obtain the semiconductor wafer. In order to spread the resin film in the planar direction, the semiconductor wafer is divided well together with the resin film. For example, cold stretching at a low temperature of -15° C. has been considered.

利用冷擴展而分割方法係與使用切割刀片之方法不同,在半導體晶圓,不會伴隨形成切割刀片引起的切削部且能夠從半導體晶圓得到較多的半導體晶片,而且具有不產生切削屑之優點。作為用以將半導體晶片進行晶片接合在基板的電路形成面之物,係有薄膜狀接著劑,以往使用該薄膜狀接著劑時,上述的分割方法係主要是利用前述樹脂膜(參照專利文獻1、2)。The method of dividing by cold expansion is different from the method of using a dicing blade. In the semiconductor wafer, there is no cutting portion caused by the dicing blade, and more semiconductor wafers can be obtained from the semiconductor wafer, and it has the advantage of not generating cutting chips. advantage. As a thing for die-bonding a semiconductor wafer to the circuit formation surface of a substrate, there is a film-like adhesive. When using this film-like adhesive in the past, the above-mentioned dividing method mainly uses the above-mentioned resin film (refer to Patent Document 1 ,2).

因此,就前述樹脂膜而言,對於具備熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜或其硬化物的保護膜之半導體晶圓,能夠應用藉由如上述的冷擴展而分割之方法時,作為具備保護膜的半導體晶片之製造方法,此種方法之有用性為非常高。 先前技術文獻 專利文獻Therefore, when the above-mentioned method of dividing by cold expansion as described above can be applied to a semiconductor wafer having a protective film of a thermosetting protective film forming film or a cured product thereof, as a semiconductor wafer provided with a protective film The method of manufacturing semiconductor wafers, the usefulness of this method is very high. prior art literature patent documents

[專利文獻1]日本特開2012-222002號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2017-183705號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-222002 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-183705

但是在半導體晶片的生產步驟,對於具備熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜或其硬化物的保護膜之半導體晶圓,欲應用在專利文獻1、2所揭示之在-15℃的低溫條件下藉由冷擴展而分割之方法時,有產生支撐片破裂之問題,且在15~25℃的常溫條件下進行冷擴展時,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜及其硬化物之保護膜有產生分割不良之可能性。又,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的加熱硬化步驟,在藉由環狀框支撐周圍之保護膜形成用複合片上的晶圓貼附部,半導體晶圓或載置有該半導體晶圓經切割後的半導體晶片之積層體,在盒內隔著微小的間隙而被靜置複數個之狀態下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜係與支撐片一起被加熱硬。在支撐片使用具有優異的耐寒性之PE(聚乙烯)的基材時,將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化時,PE的基材支撐片產生彎曲且產生一片保護膜形成用複合片的晶圓貼附部、與被收納在下面之其它保護膜形成用複合片上的半導體晶圓或半導體晶片接觸之問題。However, in the production process of semiconductor wafers, for semiconductor wafers with a protective film of a thermosetting protective film forming film or a hardened product, it is intended to apply the method disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2 under the low temperature condition of -15°C. In the method of splitting by cold stretching, there is a problem of cracking of the support sheet, and when cold stretching is carried out at a normal temperature of 15~25°C, the protective film of the thermosetting protective film forming film and its cured product may split bad possibility. In addition, in the heating and hardening step of the thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer on which the semiconductor wafer is placed is diced on the wafer attaching part on the composite sheet for forming a protective film around which is supported by a ring frame. After the laminated body of the semiconductor wafer is placed in a state where a plurality of the semiconductor wafers are left still with a slight gap therebetween, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is heated and hardened together with the support sheet. When the base material of PE (polyethylene) with excellent cold resistance is used as the support sheet, when the thermosetting protective film forming film is heated and hardened, the PE base support sheet is bent and a single sheet of protective film forming compound is formed. The problem that the wafer attaching part of the sheet is in contact with the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer on another protective film forming composite sheet accommodated below.

因此,本發明之目的係提供一種保護膜形成用複合片、及使用其之附有保護膜的半導體晶片及半導體裝置的製造方法,該保護膜形成用複合片係在應用低於常溫的溫度藉由冷擴展而分割之方法,使用熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜而製造附有保護膜的半導體晶片時,不會因冷擴展而引起支撐片破裂,而且在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片亦不產生彎曲。Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide a composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film and a semiconductor device using the composite sheet. In the method of splitting by cold expansion, when a semiconductor wafer with a protective film is manufactured using a film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the support sheet will not be broken due to cold expansion, and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film will not be broken. Under the condition of heating and hardening, the support sheet does not bend.

為了解決上述課題,本發明者等專心研討之結果,發現保護膜形成用複合片之中,藉由使用測定支撐片的基材之動態黏彈性時,低溫時的損失正接(tanδ)及高溫時的儲存彈性模數(G')係任一者均在預定值以上之物,能夠達成前述目的。In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the inventors of the present invention, as a result of intensive research, found that among the composite sheets for protective film formation, when the dynamic viscoelasticity of the base material of the support sheet is measured by using The storage elastic modulus (G') of any one is more than a predetermined value, and the said object can be achieved.

亦即,本發明係如以下。 [1]一種保護膜形成用複合片,係在具有基材之支撐片上具備熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜, 測定前述基材的動態黏彈性測定時,在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上且在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上。 [2]如前述[1]所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中以前述基材MD方向或CD方向成為長邊方向之方式切取長邊110mm×短邊22mm,以加熱前的測定間距離L0 成為約100mm之方式且在負荷2.2g的荷重之狀態下於130℃加熱2小時,隨後放冷而測定於23℃加熱後的測定間距離L1 時,將前述基材的MD方向作為長邊而切取時及將前述基材的CD方向作為長邊而切取時之任一者均是式(1)表示之熱伸縮率X為-3%以上且+3%以下, X=[(L1 -L0 )/L0 ]×100…(1)。 [3]如前述[1]或[2]所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述支撐片係具有基材及黏著劑層,且依序將前述基材、前述黏著劑層及前述保護膜形成用薄膜層積而成。That is, the present invention is as follows. [1] A composite sheet for forming a protective film comprising a thermosetting film for forming a protective film on a support sheet having a base material, wherein the loss positive contact (tan δ) at -15°C is measured when the dynamic viscoelasticity of the base material is measured It is 0.05 or more and the storage elastic modulus (G') at 80° C. is 35.0 MPa or more. [2] The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in [1] above, wherein the base material is cut out so that the MD direction or the CD direction becomes the long side direction, and the long side is 110mm x the short side is 22mm, and the measured distance before heating is When L 0 becomes about 100 mm and heated at 130° C. for 2 hours under a load of 2.2 g, and then allowed to cool and measure the distance between measurements L 1 after heating at 23° C., the MD direction of the above-mentioned substrate is taken as When cutting the long side and when cutting the CD direction of the above-mentioned base material as the long side, either the thermal expansion rate X represented by the formula (1) is -3% or more and +3% or less, X=[( L 1 -L 0 )/L 0 ]×100...(1). [3] The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the above [1] or [2], wherein the support sheet has a base material and an adhesive layer, and the base material, the adhesive layer, and the protective film are sequentially laminated. The film is formed by laminating thin films.

[4]如前述[3]所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性或能量線硬化性。 [4] The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the above [3], wherein the adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable or energy ray curable.

[5]如前述[3]或[4]所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層的厚度為3~20μm。 [5] The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to [3] or [4] above, wherein the adhesive layer has a thickness of 3 to 20 μm.

[6]一種附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法,係具備下列步驟:將半導體晶圓層積在如前述[1]至[5]項中任一項所述之保護膜形成用複合片的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之側而成為積層體之步驟;對半導體晶圓的內部照射雷射光而在半導體晶圓的內部形成改質層之步驟;將前述保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化而成為保護膜之步驟;及將前述積層體於低於常溫的溫度進行冷擴展而將前述半導體晶圓、以及前述保護膜形成用薄膜或保護膜分割之步驟。 [6] A method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film, comprising the following steps: laminating the semiconductor wafer on the composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in any one of the aforementioned items [1] to [5] The step of forming a laminate on the side of the aforementioned thermosetting protective film forming film; the step of irradiating the inside of the semiconductor wafer with laser light to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer; A step of heating and hardening to form a protective film; and a step of cold-expanding the laminate at a temperature lower than normal temperature to divide the semiconductor wafer and the protective film forming film or protective film.

亦即,本發明係包含以下的態樣。 That is, the present invention includes the following aspects.

[1']一種保護膜形成用複合片,係包含具有基材之支撐片;及在前述支撐片上所具備的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜,前述基材係具有在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上且在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上之特性。 [1'] A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a support sheet having a substrate; and a thermosetting protective film forming film provided on the support sheet, the substrate having a loss positive connection at -15°C (tanδ) is 0.05 or more and the storage elastic modulus (G') at 80°C is 35.0 MPa or more.

[2']如申請專利範圍1所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述基板具有,在以前述基材MD方向或CD方向成為長邊方向之方式切取長邊110mm×短邊22mm,以加熱前的測定間距離L0成為約100mm之方式且在負荷2.2g的荷重之狀態下於130℃加熱2小時,隨後放冷而測定於23℃加熱後的測定間距離L1時,在將前述基材的MD方向作為長邊而切取時及將前述基材的CD方向作為長邊而切取時之任一者,下述式(1)表示之熱伸縮率X均為-3%以上且+3%以下之特性, X=[(L1 -L0 )/L0 ]×100…(1)。 [3']如[1']或[2']所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述支撐片係進一步包含依序將黏著劑層,前述基材、前述黏著劑層及前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜層積而成。 [4']如[3']所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性或能量線硬化性。 [5']如[3']或[4']所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層的厚度為3~20μm。 [6']一種附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法,係具備下列步驟: 將半導體晶圓層積在如[1']至[5']項中任一項所述之保護膜形成用複合片的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之側而製造積層體; 對前述積層體的前述半導體晶圓的內部照射雷射光而在前述半導體晶圓的內部形成改質層; 將前述積層體的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化而成為保護膜;及 將前述積層體於低於常溫的溫度進行冷擴展而將前述半導體晶圓、以及前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜或前述保護膜分割。[2'] The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1, wherein the substrate has a long side of 110mm x a short side of 22mm cut out so that the MD direction or CD direction of the aforementioned substrate becomes the long side direction, and When the distance between measurements L 0 before heating becomes about 100 mm, heat at 130° C. for 2 hours under a load of 2.2 g, and then let cool to measure the distance L 1 between measurements after heating at 23° C. Either when the MD direction of the aforementioned base material is taken as the long side or when the CD direction of the aforementioned base material is taken as the long side, the thermal expansion ratio X represented by the following formula (1) is -3% or more and +3% or less, X=[(L 1 -L 0 )/L 0 ]×100…(1). [3'] The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in [1'] or [2'], wherein the support sheet further comprises sequentially laminating the adhesive layer, the base material, the adhesive layer, and the thermosetting The protective film is formed by laminating thin films. [4'] The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to [3'], wherein the adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable or energy ray curable. [5'] The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to [3'] or [4'], wherein the adhesive layer has a thickness of 3 to 20 μm. [6'] A method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film, comprising the following steps: laminating the semiconductor wafer on the protective film forming device described in any one of items [1'] to [5'] The side of the aforementioned thermosetting protective film forming thin film of the composite sheet is used to manufacture a laminate; the inside of the aforementioned semiconductor wafer of the aforementioned laminate is irradiated with laser light to form a modified layer inside the aforementioned semiconductor wafer; the aforementioned laminate is The aforementioned thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film is heated and cured to form a protective film; The aforementioned protective film is divided.

依照本發明,能夠提供一種保護膜形成用複合片、及使用其之附有保護膜的半導體晶片及半導體裝置的製造方法,該保護膜形成用複合片應用藉由於低於常溫的溫度進行冷擴展而分割之方法且使用熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜而製造附有保護膜的半導體晶片時,不會因冷擴展造成支撐片的基材產生破裂,而且即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片亦不會彎曲。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film and a semiconductor device using the same, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film is applied by cold expansion at a temperature lower than normal temperature. And when the method of dividing and using the thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film to manufacture a semiconductor wafer with a protective film, the base material of the support sheet will not be cracked due to cold expansion, and even if the film for forming a thermosetting protective film Under the condition of heating and hardening of the film, the supporting sheet will not bend.

用以實施發明之形態form for carrying out the invention

◎保護膜形成用複合片 本發明的保護膜形成用複合片係包含具有基材之支撐片;及在該支撐片上所具備的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜,前述基材係具有在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上且在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上的特性之保護膜形成用複合片。◎Composite sheet for protective film formation The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention comprises a support sheet having a substrate; and a thermosetting protective film forming film provided on the support sheet, the substrate having a loss positive connection (tanδ) at -15°C A composite sheet for forming a protective film having a storage elastic modulus (G') of 0.05 or more and a storage elastic modulus (G') at 80°C of 35.0 MPa or more.

本發明的保護膜形成用複合片,係藉由在支撐片所包含的基材在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上,基材的耐寒性變為良好且不會因在低於常溫的溫度進行冷擴展而引起支撐片產生破裂、而且藉由在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上,即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片亦不會彎曲,而且在盒內隔著微小的間隙而被靜置複數個之狀態下,即便將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化,亦能能夠防止一片保護膜形成用複合片的晶圓貼附部、與被收納在下面之其它保護膜形成用複合片上的半導體晶圓或半導體晶片接觸之情形。In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the loss positive connection (tan δ) of the base material contained in the support sheet at -15°C is 0.05 or more, so that the cold resistance of the base material becomes good and does not suffer from a temperature lower than 0.05. The support sheet is cracked due to cold expansion at room temperature, and the storage elastic modulus (G') at 80°C is 35.0 MPa or more, even under the condition of heating and hardening the film for forming a thermosetting protective film , the support sheet will not bend, and in the state where a plurality of sheets are left still with a small gap in the box, even if the thermosetting protective film forming film is heated and hardened, it can prevent one piece of protective film forming film from being bent. The wafer attaching part of the composite sheet is in contact with a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer accommodated on another protective film forming composite sheet below.

本發明的保護膜形成用複合片,以前述基材MD方向(亦即流動方向)或CD方向(亦即寬度方向)成為長邊方向之方式切取長邊110mm×短邊22mm,以加熱前的測定間距離L0 成為約100mm之方式且在負荷2.2g的荷重之狀態下於130℃加熱2小時,隨後放冷而於23℃將加熱後的測定間距離作為L1 測定時,將前述基材的MD方向作為長邊而切取時及將前述基材的CD方向作為長邊而切取時之任一者均是以式(1)表示之熱伸縮率X為-3%以上且+3%以下為佳。 X=(L1 -L0 )/L0 ×100…(1)In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the long side 110 mm x short side 22 mm are cut out in such a manner that the MD direction (that is, the flow direction) or the CD direction (that is, the width direction) of the above-mentioned base material becomes the long side direction. When heating at 130°C for 2 hours under a load of 2.2 g in such a way that the distance between measurements L 0 becomes about 100 mm, and then letting it cool and measuring the distance between measurements after heating at 23° C. as L 1 , the above-mentioned base Either when cutting the MD direction of the material as the long side or when cutting the CD direction of the above-mentioned base material as the long side, the thermal expansion ratio X represented by the formula (1) is -3% or more and +3% The following is preferred. X=(L 1 -L 0 )/L 0 ×100…(1)

藉由熱伸縮率X為-3%以上且+3%以下,即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片的彎曲變小,而且藉由將前述基材的MD方向作為長邊而切取時及將前述基材的CD方向作為長邊而切取時之任一者均是熱伸縮率X為-3%以上且+3%以下,即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片係不會極端地往特定方向彎曲。 作為一態樣,前述熱伸縮率X係以0~2.2%以下為佳。When the thermal expansion ratio X is -3% or more and +3% or less, even under the condition of heating and curing the thermosetting protective film forming film, the bending of the support sheet becomes small, and by making the above-mentioned base material Either when the MD direction is taken as the long side or when the CD direction of the above-mentioned base material is taken as the long side, the thermal expansion ratio X is -3% or more and +3% or less. Under the condition that the thin film for film formation is heated and hardened, the support sheet does not bend extremely in a specific direction. As an aspect, the thermal expansion ratio X is preferably 0-2.2% or less.

又,在本說明書,所謂「熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜」係意味著熱硬化前之物,所謂「保護膜」係意味著使熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜硬化後之物。In addition, in this specification, the term "thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film" means a thing before thermosetting, and the term "protective film" means a thing after curing a thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film.

而且,在本說明書,即便熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜熱硬化之後,只要能夠維持支撐片及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的硬化物(換言之,支撐片及保護膜)之積層結構,就將該積層結構體稱為「保護膜形成用複合片」。In addition, in this specification, even after thermosetting of the thermosetting protective film forming film, as long as the laminated structure of the hardened product of the support sheet and the thermosetting protective film forming film (in other words, the support sheet and the protective film) can be maintained, This laminated structure is called "composite sheet for protective film formation".

在本說明書,所謂「常溫」,係意味著特別是未經冷卻或加熱的溫度亦即平常的溫度,例如可舉出15~25℃的溫度等。 所謂「冷擴展」係指在低於常溫的溫度(例如-30~5℃)在對半導體晶圓的面為平行的方向施加擴展力。In this specification, "normal temperature" means a temperature that is not cooled or heated, that is, a normal temperature, for example, a temperature of 15 to 25° C. is mentioned. The so-called "cold expansion" refers to applying an expansion force in a direction parallel to the surface of the semiconductor wafer at a temperature lower than normal temperature (eg -30~5°C).

第1圖係示意性地顯示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的一實施形態之剖面圖。 在此顯示之保護膜形成用複合片1,係在支撐片10的一表面10a上具備熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜13。而且支撐片10係由基材11及黏著劑層12層積而成之物,在基材11的一表面11a上具備黏著劑層12且在黏著劑層12上具備熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜13。又,保護膜形成用複合片1係進一步在熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜13上具備剝離膜15,剝離膜15係在保護膜形成用複合片1的使用時被除去。熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜13係藉由熱硬化而成為保護膜。Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. The composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown here includes a thermosetting protective film forming film 13 on one surface 10 a of a support sheet 10 . Moreover, the support sheet 10 is a laminate of a base material 11 and an adhesive layer 12. An adhesive layer 12 is provided on one surface 11a of the base material 11 and a thermosetting protective film is provided on the adhesive layer 12. film13. Moreover, the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation is further equipped with the release film 15 on the film 13 for thermosetting protective film formation, and the release film 15 is removed when the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation is used. The thin film 13 for thermosetting protective film formation becomes a protective film by thermosetting.

在保護膜形成用複合片1,黏著劑層12係被層積在基材11的前述表面11a上,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜13係被層積在黏著劑層12表面12a(亦即在黏著劑層12之與基材11接觸的面為相反側的面)的一部分。而且,黏著劑層12表面12a之中,在未層積有熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜13之露出面、及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜13表面13a(上面及側面亦即在熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜13之不與黏著劑層12接觸的面)之上,係層積有剝離膜15。In the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the aforementioned surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the thermosetting protective film forming film 13 is laminated on the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 (that is, The surface in contact with the substrate 11 of the adhesive layer 12 is part of the surface on the opposite side). In addition, among the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, the exposed surface on which the film 13 for forming a thermosetting protective film is not laminated, and the surface 13a of the film 13 for forming a thermosetting protective film (the upper surface and the side surface, that is, the surface 13a on which the thermosetting film is formed). A peeling film 15 is laminated on the surface of the film 13 for forming a protective film 13 which is not in contact with the adhesive layer 12 .

前述保護膜形成用複合片之支撐片係對雷射光為透明為佳,能夠對熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜、或對將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜熱硬化之後的保護膜,從支撐片之側照射雷射光而隔著支撐片進行雷射印字。The supporting sheet of the above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film is preferably transparent to laser light. The side of the sheet is irradiated with laser light to perform laser printing through the supporting sheet.

又,在製造附有保護膜的半導體晶片之過程,支撐片係以對雷射光為透明為佳,能夠從支撐片之側對半導體晶圓照射紅外區域的雷射光(有稱為SD之情形)且能夠隔著支撐片而在半導體晶圓的內部形成改質層。In addition, in the process of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film, the support sheet should be transparent to laser light, and the semiconductor wafer can be irradiated with laser light in the infrared region from the side of the support sheet (sometimes called SD). Furthermore, the modified layer can be formed inside the semiconductor wafer via the support sheet.

而且,支撐片對進行紅外線檢查時的雷射光為透明且熱硬化性保護膜成用薄膜係以經著色為佳,藉由將該半導體晶圓進行冷擴展(有稱為CE之情形),在使前述改質層的形成部位作為起點而將半導體晶圓分割且個片化時,能夠容易地檢查熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜或保護膜是否確實地能夠割斷,而且在進行紅外線檢查時雷射光能夠透過支撐片而容易地檢查半導體晶片的狀態且能夠抑制半導體裝置的製造效率低落。藉此,能夠容易地檢查熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜或保護膜是否確實地能夠割斷、及狀態,而能夠抑制半導體裝置的製造效率低落。Furthermore, the support sheet is transparent to the laser light during infrared inspection, and the film for forming the thermosetting protective film is preferably colored. By cold-expanding the semiconductor wafer (sometimes called CE), the When the semiconductor wafer is divided and individualized using the above-mentioned modified layer formation site as a starting point, it is possible to easily check whether the thermosetting protective film forming film or protective film can be cut reliably, and when the infrared inspection is performed, the The state of the semiconductor wafer can be easily inspected by emitting light through the support sheet, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in the manufacturing efficiency of the semiconductor device. Thereby, whether the thin film for thermosetting protective film formation or a protective film can be cut|disconnected reliably, and a state can be checked easily, and the manufacturing efficiency reduction of a semiconductor device can be suppressed.

第2圖係示意性地顯示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的其它實施形態之剖面圖。又,在第2圖,與第1圖顯示為相同要素,係附加與第1圖相同符號且省略其詳細的說明。這在第2圖以後的圖亦同樣。 在此顯示之保護膜形形用複合片2,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23被層積在黏劑層12的表面12a的全面,治具用接著劑層16係被層積在熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23表面23a(亦即在熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23之與黏著劑層12接觸的面為相反側的面)的一部分,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23表面23a之中,在未層積有治具用接著劑層16之露出面、及治具用接著劑層16表面16a(上面及側面亦即在治具用接著劑層16之不與熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23接觸的上面及側面),係層積有剝離膜15,除了上述各點以外,係與第1圖顯示之保護膜形成用複合片1為相同物。Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. In addition, in FIG. 2 , the same elements as in FIG. 1 are shown, and the same symbols as in FIG. 1 are attached, and detailed description thereof is omitted. The same applies to the figures after the second figure. In the composite sheet 2 for protective film shape shown here, the thermosetting protective film forming film 23 is laminated on the entire surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and the adhesive layer 16 for jigs is laminated on the thermosetting adhesive layer 12a. A part of the surface 23a of the film 23 for forming a thermosetting protective film (that is, the surface of the film 23 for forming a thermosetting protective film that is opposite to the surface in contact with the adhesive layer 12), the surface of the film 23 for forming a thermosetting protective film 23a, on the exposed surface where the adhesive layer 16 for the jig is not laminated, and the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 for the jig (the upper surface and the side surface, that is, the resistance of the adhesive layer 16 for the jig to the thermosetting property). The upper surface and the side surface in contact with the protective film forming film 23) are laminated with the release film 15, and are the same as the protective film forming composite sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 except for the above points.

第2圖顯示之保護膜形成用複合片2,係將剝離膜15除去後的狀態且半導體晶圓(未圖示)的背面係貼附在熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23表面23a,而且,環狀框等的治具係貼附在治具用接著劑層16表面16a的上面而使用。The protective film forming composite sheet 2 shown in FIG. 2 is in a state where the peeling film 15 is removed and the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the surface 23a of the thermosetting protective film forming film 23, and A jig such as a ring frame is attached to the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 for the jig and used.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片係不被第1~2圖顯示之物限定,在不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,在第1~2圖顯示之物的一部分構成亦可被變更或削除,而且亦可在以往已說明之物進一步追加其它構成。The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not limited to what is shown in Figures 1 to 2, and part of the composition of what is shown in Figures 1 to 2 may be changed or changed within the range that does not impair the effects of the present invention It can be eliminated, and other components can be further added to what has been explained in the past.

前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜係藉由加熱而硬化且成為保護膜。該保護膜係用以保護半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面(與電極形成面為相反側的面)之物。前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜為軟質且能夠容易地貼附在貼附對象。例如前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的拉伸彈性模數(楊格模數)為1×106 ~1×108 Pa左右。 相對於此,加熱硬化而得到的保護膜之拉伸彈性模數(楊格模數)係變硬且為1×108 ~5.4×109 pa左右。The aforementioned thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film is cured by heating to become a protective film. This protective film is for protecting the semiconductor wafer or the back surface (the surface opposite to the electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer. The film for forming a thermosetting protective film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached. For example, the tensile elastic modulus (Younger's modulus) of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is about 1×10 6 to 1×10 8 Pa. On the other hand, the tensile elastic modulus (Younger's modulus) of the protective film obtained by heating and curing becomes hard and is about 1×10 8 to 5.4×10 9 pa.

在後述之附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法,本發明的保護膜形成用複合片係被貼附在半導體晶圓且被使用於準備依序具備支撐片、熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜及半導體晶圓而成之積層體時。 以下,詳細地說明本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的各構成。In the method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film described later, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is attached to a semiconductor wafer and used to prepare a support sheet and a film for forming a thermosetting protective film in this order. And laminated bodies made of semiconductor wafers. Hereinafter, each structure of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention is demonstrated in detail.

○支撐片 前述支撐片係只要具有基材且能夠設置前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之物,就沒有特別限定,例如可舉出在切割步驟等能夠達成用以保護前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜表面之切割片等的任務之物。 作為前述支撐片之較佳物,可舉出只有由在半導體晶圓的加工用片領域通常被使用的基材所構成之物;及將基材及黏著劑層層積而成之物等。 本發明的保護膜形成用複合片之支撐片,作為一態樣,可為只有由基材所構成之薄片,作為另外的態樣,亦可為包含基材、及前述基材上所具備的黏著劑層之薄片。○Support sheet The support sheet is not particularly limited as long as it has a base material and can be provided with the film for forming the thermosetting protective film. Tasks such as surface cutting sheets. Preferable examples of the above-mentioned support sheet include those composed only of base materials commonly used in the field of semiconductor wafer processing sheets, and those obtained by laminating a base material and an adhesive layer. The supporting sheet of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention may be a sheet composed only of the base material in one aspect, or may include the base material and the supporting sheet provided on the aforementioned base material in another aspect. Sheet of adhesive layer.

支撐片可為由1層(單層)所構成之物,亦可為由2層以上的複數層所構成之物。支撐片係由複數層所構成時,該等複數層可互相相同亦可不同。亦即可為全部的層相同,亦可為全部的層不同,亦可為只有一部分的層相同。而且複數層為互相不同時,該等複數層的組合係沒有特別限定。在此,所謂複數層為互相不同,係意味著各層的材質及厚度之至少一方為互相不同。The support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of multiple layers of two or more layers. When the support sheet is composed of plural layers, these plural layers may be the same as or different from each other. That is, all the layers may be the same, all the layers may be different, or only a part of the layers may be the same. Furthermore, when the plural layers are different from each other, the combination of the plural layers is not particularly limited. Here, the plural layers are different from each other, which means that at least one of the material and thickness of each layer is different from each other.

支撐片的厚度係按照目的而適當地選擇即可,依據對前述保護膜形成用複合片能夠賦予充分的撓性、對半導體晶圓之貼附性、保護膜形成用複合片製造時的操作性時,良好為10~500μm、較佳為20~350μm、特佳為30~200μm。 在此,所謂「支撐片的厚度」,係意味著構成支撐片之各層的合計厚度,例如將基材及黏著劑層層積而成之支撐片時,係意味著基材的厚度及黏著劑層的厚度之合計值。 又,支撐片係能夠在至少一方的面成為凹凸面,在支撐片係包含在該凹凸面的凸部之部位時,支撐片的厚度係將該凸部的前端設為一起點而算出即可。 又,在本說明書,所謂「厚度」,係意味著使用定壓厚度測定器所測得的值。The thickness of the support sheet may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, depending on whether sufficient flexibility can be imparted to the above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film, adhesion to a semiconductor wafer, and workability at the time of manufacturing the composite sheet for forming a protective film. 10-500 μm is good, 20-350 μm is more preferred, and 30-200 μm is particularly preferred. Here, the "thickness of the support sheet" means the total thickness of the layers constituting the support sheet. The total value of the layer thickness. Moreover, the support sheet can be a concave-convex surface on at least one surface. When the support sheet includes a convex portion on the concave-convex surface, the thickness of the support sheet can be calculated by setting the front end of the convex portion as a common point. . In addition, in this specification, "thickness" means a value measured using a constant pressure thickness measuring device.

基於上述的理由,支撐片係以透明為佳。但是,只要是能夠確保預定雷射波長的透射性且確保可否割斷的檢查性之範圍時,亦可為不透明,亦可按照目的而著色。Based on the above reasons, the support sheet is preferably transparent. However, it may be opaque, and may be colored according to the purpose, as long as the transmittance of a predetermined laser wavelength is ensured and the checkability of cutting can be ensured.

具體而言,在支撐片之波長532nm光線的透射率係以30%以上為佳,以50%以上為較佳,以70%以上為特佳。藉由前述光線的透射率為此種範圍,在透過支撐片而對熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜或保護膜照射雷射光而在該等印字時,能夠較清晰地印字。 另一方面,在支撐片之波長532nm光線的透射率的上限值係沒有特別限定,例如能夠設為95%。 作為一態樣,在支撐片之波長532nm光線的透射率係以30%以上且95%以下為佳,以50%以上且95%以下為較佳,以70%以上且95%以下為特佳。Specifically, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 532 nm on the support sheet is preferably above 30%, preferably above 50%, and especially preferably above 70%. When the light transmittance is in such a range, when the thermosetting protective film-forming film or protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and printed on, relatively clear printing can be achieved. On the other hand, the upper limit of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 532 nm on the support sheet is not particularly limited, and can be set to, for example, 95%. As an example, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 532nm on the support sheet is preferably not less than 30% and not more than 95%, more preferably not less than 50% and not more than 95%, and more preferably not less than 70% and not more than 95%. .

又,在支撐片之波長1064nm光線的透射率係以30%以上為佳,以50%以上為較佳,以70%以上為特佳。藉由前述光線的透射率為此種範圍,在從支撐片的側對半導體晶圓照射紅外區域的雷射光(SD)時,紅外區域的雷射光能夠透過支撐片而在半導體晶圓內部良好地形成改質層,而且,透過支撐片而對熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜或保護膜照射雷射光而在該等印字時,能夠較清晰地印字。 另一方面,在支撐片之波長1064nm光線的透射率之上限值係沒有特別限定,例如設為95%。 作為一態樣,在支撐片之波長1064nm光線的透射率係以30%以上且95%以下為佳,以50%以上且95%以下為較佳,以70%以上且95%以下為特佳。 其次,更詳細地說明構成支撐片之各層。In addition, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1064nm on the support plate is preferably at least 30%, more preferably at least 50%, and particularly preferably at least 70%. When the transmittance of the aforementioned light is in such a range, when the semiconductor wafer is irradiated with laser light (SD) in the infrared region from the side of the support sheet, the laser light in the infrared region can pass through the support sheet and be well placed inside the semiconductor wafer. The modified layer is formed, and when the thermosetting protective film-forming thin film or protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet to perform printing, relatively clear printing can be achieved. On the other hand, the upper limit of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1064 nm on the support sheet is not particularly limited, for example, it is set at 95%. As an example, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1064nm on the support sheet is preferably 30% to 95%, preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%. . Next, each layer constituting the support sheet will be described in more detail.

‧基材 前述基材為薄片狀或薄膜狀,作為其構成材料,係選擇在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上之具有優異的耐寒性的聚合物,且在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上之具有優異的耐熱性的聚合物。例如,作為具有優異的耐熱性之聚合物,認為是所謂較硬之物且Tg(亦即玻璃轉移溫度)較高的聚合物為良好,作為具有優異的耐寒性之聚合物,認為所謂較柔軟之物且Tg較低的聚合物為良好,但是,例如,作為在冷擴展的耐寒性,係即便Tg較低,但是斷裂伸長度較低亦不可。選擇滿足耐寒性及耐熱性之兩者的單一聚合物是不容易的。 又,本發明之在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)及在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')係能夠使用後述<動態黏彈性測定>記載的方法而求取。 在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)係以0.05以上且0.13以下為佳,以0.06以上且0.09以下為較佳。在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')係以35.0MPa以上且180MPa以下為佳,以60MPa以上且150MPa以下為較佳。 作為一態樣,本發明的保護膜形成複合用薄片之基材,在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)係良好為0.05以上且0.13以下,較佳為0.06以上且0.09以下,而且在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')係良好為35.0MPa以上且180MPa以下,較佳為60MPa以上且150MPa以下。‧Substrate The aforementioned base material is in the form of a sheet or a film. As its constituent material, a polymer with excellent cold resistance whose loss positive connection (tan δ) at -15°C is 0.05 or more is selected, and the storage elastic modulus at 80°C ( G') is a polymer having excellent heat resistance of 35.0 MPa or more. For example, as a polymer with excellent heat resistance, it is considered to be so-called relatively hard, and a polymer with a high Tg (ie, glass transition temperature) is considered to be good, and as a polymer with excellent cold resistance, it is considered to be so-called soft. A polymer with a low Tg is good, but, for example, low elongation at break is not acceptable even if the Tg is low in terms of cold resistance in cold expansion. It is not easy to select a single polymer that satisfies both cold resistance and heat resistance. In addition, the direct loss (tan δ) at -15°C and the storage elastic modulus (G') at 80°C of the present invention can be obtained using the method described in <Dynamic Viscoelasticity Measurement> below. The positive loss (tan δ) at -15°C is preferably not less than 0.05 and not more than 0.13, more preferably not less than 0.06 and not more than 0.09. The storage elastic modulus (G') at 80°C is preferably not less than 35.0 MPa and not more than 180 MPa, more preferably not less than 60 MPa and not more than 150 MPa. As an aspect, the base material of the protective film forming composite sheet of the present invention has a positive loss (tan δ) at -15°C of preferably 0.05 to 0.13, preferably 0.06 to 0.09, and at 80°C The storage elastic modulus (G') is preferably not less than 35.0 MPa and not more than 180 MPa, preferably not less than 60 MPa and not more than 150 MPa.

作為滿足在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上且在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上之耐寒性及耐熱性的兩者之基材的構成材料,可舉出在各種耐熱性樹脂添加用以賦予耐寒性之較低Tg的樹脂等的柔軟成分而成之物(例如含柔軟成分的聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯);在各種耐熱性樹脂添加用以賦予耐寒性的橡膠成分且改性而成之物(例如烯烴系熱可塑性彈性體(TPO));及將具有耐熱性的樹脂層及具有耐寒性的樹脂層進行層積而成為2層或3層之物等。 作為耐熱性樹脂,係在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上即可,可舉出聚丙烯(有略記為PP之情形)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(有略記為PBT之情形)等。 作為具有耐寒性的樹脂,係在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上即可,可舉出低密度聚乙烯(有略記為LDPE之情形)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(有略記為LLDPE之情形)、高密度聚乙烯(有略記為HDPE之情形)等的聚乙烯(有略記為PE之情形)等。As a constituent material of the base material that satisfies both cold resistance and heat resistance with a loss direct (tanδ) of 0.05 or more at -15°C and a storage elastic modulus (G') of 35.0 MPa or more at 80°C, It is made by adding soft ingredients such as low Tg resins for imparting cold resistance to various heat-resistant resins (such as polybutylene terephthalate containing soft ingredients); added to various heat-resistant resins for A rubber component that imparts cold resistance and is modified (such as an olefin-based thermoplastic elastomer (TPO)); and a heat-resistant resin layer and a cold-resistant resin layer are laminated to form two or three layers layers etc. As the heat-resistant resin, the storage elastic modulus (G') at 80°C should be 35.0 MPa or more, and polypropylene (sometimes abbreviated as PP), polybutylene terephthalate (sometimes abbreviated as PP) can be mentioned. for the case of PBT), etc. As a cold-resistant resin, it is enough to have a loss positive connection (tan δ) of 0.05 or more at -15°C, and examples include low-density polyethylene (sometimes abbreviated as LDPE), linear low-density polyethylene (sometimes abbreviated as In the case of LLDPE), high-density polyethylene (in the case of abbreviated as HDPE) and other polyethylenes (in the case of abbreviated as PE), etc.

此外,就能夠使用作為具有耐寒性的樹脂之基材的樹脂而言,例如可舉出聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、降莰烯樹脂等的聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-降莰烯共聚物等的乙烯系共聚物(亦即使用乙烯作為單體而得到的共聚物);聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物等的氯化乙烯系樹脂(亦即使用氯乙烯作為單體而得到的樹脂);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚乙烯間苯二甲酸酯、聚乙烯-2,6-萘二羧酸酯、具有全部的結構單元為芳香族環式基之全芳香族聚酯等的聚酯;2種以上的前述聚酯之共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚胺酯;聚胺酯丙烯酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸酯;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;改性聚苯醚;聚苯硫(polyphenylene sulfide);聚碸;聚醚酮等。In addition, examples of resins that can be used as base materials for resins having cold resistance include polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resins. ; Ethylene-based copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, ethylene-norbornene copolymer (that is, use ethylene as a unit chlorinated vinyl resins such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers (that is, resins obtained by using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefins; Ethylene formate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylate, fully aromatic compounds with all structural units being aromatic ring groups Polyesters such as polyesters; copolymers of two or more of the foregoing polyesters; poly(meth)acrylates; polyurethanes; polyurethane acrylates; polyimides; polyamides; polycarbonates; fluororesins; polycondensates Aldehyde; modified polyphenylene ether; polyphenylene sulfide; polysulfide; polyether ketone, etc.

又,在本說明書,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」,係設為包含「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」的雙方之概念。針對與(甲基)丙烯酸類似的用語亦同樣。In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" is used as a concept including both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid". The same applies to terms similar to (meth)acrylic acid.

構成基材之樹脂,可為1種亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The resin constituting the base material may be one type or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combinations and ratios thereof can be selected arbitrarily.

基材厚度係以15~300μm為佳,以50~200μm為佳,以60~150μm為較佳。藉由基材厚度為此種範圍,前述保護膜形成用複合片的撓性及對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之貼附性為進一步提升。 在此,所謂「基材厚度」,係意味著基材全體的厚度,例如由複數層所構成之基材的厚度,係意味著構成基材之全部層的合計厚度。The substrate thickness is preferably 15-300 μm, preferably 50-200 μm, and more preferably 60-150 μm. When the thickness of the base material is within such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesiveness to a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer are further improved. Here, the "substrate thickness" means the thickness of the entire substrate, for example, the thickness of a substrate composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate.

基材可為由1層(單層)所構成之物,亦可為由2層以上的複數層所構成之物,由複數層所構成時,該等複數層可互相相同亦可不同、該等複數層的組合係沒有特別限定。 基材係由複數層所構成時,係使各層的合計厚度成為上述較佳基材厚度即可。The base material may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of multiple layers of two or more layers. When composed of multiple layers, the multiple layers may be the same as or different from each other. The combination of the plural layers is not particularly limited. When the base material is composed of a plurality of layers, the total thickness of each layer may be the above-mentioned preferable base material thickness.

在基材上具備黏著劑層時,基材之具備黏著劑層的面(有稱為基材表面之情形)之表面粗糙度Ra係以0.001~0.1μm為佳,以0.005~0.08μm為較佳,以0.01~0.04μm為特佳。藉由基材表面的述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,能夠對保護膜較鮮明地進行雷射印字。 基材表面之前述表面粗糙度Ra係例如能夠藉由基材的成形條件、表面處理條件等而調節。When there is an adhesive layer on the substrate, the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the substrate with the adhesive layer (sometimes referred to as the substrate surface) is preferably 0.001~0.1μm, and 0.005~0.08μm is more appropriate Best, especially 0.01~0.04μm. When the said surface roughness Ra of a base material surface is below the said upper limit, laser printing can be performed relatively clearly on a protective film. The aforementioned surface roughness Ra of the substrate surface can be adjusted by, for example, molding conditions of the substrate, surface treatment conditions, and the like.

作為將半導體晶圓個片化成為半導體晶片之方法,可舉出照射紅外區域的雷射光且以聚束在設定於半導體晶圓內部的焦點之方式在半導體晶圓內部形成改質層之後,藉由對該半導體晶圓施加力量且將前述改質層的形成部位作為起點,而將半導體晶圓分割來進行個片化之方法。 基材表面的前述表面粗糙度Ra係例如0.01~0.2μm時,具備此種基材之保護膜形成用複合片,係適合在上述半導體晶圓內部形成改質層而將半導體晶圓個片化時使用。As a method of individualizing a semiconductor wafer into semiconductor wafers, it is possible to irradiate laser light in the infrared region and form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer in such a manner as to focus on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer. A method of dividing a semiconductor wafer into individual pieces by applying force to the semiconductor wafer and starting from the location where the modified layer is formed. When the aforementioned surface roughness Ra of the base material surface is, for example, 0.01 to 0.2 μm, the composite sheet for forming a protective film with such a base material is suitable for forming a modified layer inside the above-mentioned semiconductor wafer to separate the semiconductor wafer into pieces used when.

另一方面,基材之與具備黏著劑層的面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)之表面粗糙度Ra,換言之,係在支撐片之與具備熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的面(表面)為相反側的面(有稱為基材背面之情形)之表面粗糙度Ra,係以0.001~4μm為佳,以0.005~3.7μm為較佳,以0.01~3.4μm為更佳,以0.02~3.1μm為特佳。藉由基材背面的前述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,能夠更容易地減小與支撐片接觸之側為相反側的表面之表面粗糙度Ra,在從支撐片之側對半導體晶圓照射紅外區域的雷射光(SD)時,紅外區域的雷射光能夠透過支撐片而在半導體晶圓內部良好地形成改質層,而且能夠更容易對保護膜鮮明地進行雷射印字。基材背面的前述表面粗糙度Ra係例如能夠藉由基材的成形條件、表面處理條件等而調節。On the other hand, the surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) of the substrate opposite to the surface (surface) provided with the adhesive layer, in other words, is the surface roughness Ra of the support sheet provided with the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. (Surface) The surface roughness Ra of the opposite side (sometimes referred to as the back of the substrate) is preferably 0.001~4μm, more preferably 0.005~3.7μm, more preferably 0.01~3.4μm, Especially preferably 0.02~3.1μm. By making the aforementioned surface roughness Ra of the backside of the substrate below the aforementioned upper limit, it is possible to more easily reduce the surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet. When irradiated with laser light (SD) in the infrared region, the laser light in the infrared region can pass through the support sheet to form a modified layer well inside the semiconductor wafer, and it is easier to perform laser printing on the protective film clearly. The aforementioned surface roughness Ra of the back surface of the base material can be adjusted by, for example, molding conditions of the base material, surface treatment conditions, and the like.

基材的材質之樹脂,亦可為經交聯之物。 又,基材的材質之樹脂,可為藉由熱可塑性樹脂的擠製形成而被薄片化而成之物,亦可為經延伸而成之物,亦可為硬化性樹脂藉由習知的手段而薄層化及硬化且被薄片化之物。 又,基材亦可為經著色之物,亦可為經印刷之物。The resin of the material of the base material may also be cross-linked. In addition, the resin of the material of the base material may be formed by extruding a thermoplastic resin and formed into sheets, or may be formed by stretching, or may be cured by a known method. Thinned and hardened by means of means and thinned. In addition, the base material may be colored or printed.

就藉由具有優異的耐熱性且具有適當的柔軟性,而具有冷擴展適性且拾取適性變為良好而言,基材係以含有聚丙烯為佳。 含有聚丙烯之基材係,例如,可為只有由聚丙烯所構成之單層或複數層的基材,亦可為由聚丙烯層及聚丙烯以外的樹脂層層積而成之複數層的基材。 又,作為一態樣,本發明的保護膜形成用複合片之基材,係以由含柔軟成分的聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯所構成之薄片、由聚丙烯(PP)與烯烴系熱可塑性彈性體(有略記為TPO之情形)的混合樹脂所構成之3層的透明薄膜、或聚乙烯(PE)/聚丙烯(PP)/聚乙烯(PE)之3層的透明薄膜為佳。 本發明之保護膜形成用複合片係藉由基材具有耐熱性,即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化之條件下,亦能夠有效地抑制支撐片產生彎曲。It is preferable that the base material contains polypropylene in terms of having excellent heat resistance and appropriate flexibility, and having good cold expansion suitability and pick-up suitability. The base material containing polypropylene, for example, may be a single-layer or multiple-layer base material composed of polypropylene alone, or may be a multiple-layer base material composed of a polypropylene layer and a resin layer other than polypropylene. Substrate. Also, as an aspect, the base material of the protective film forming composite sheet of the present invention is a thin sheet made of polybutylene terephthalate containing a soft component, made of polypropylene (PP) and olefin-based thermal A three-layer transparent film composed of a plastic elastomer (sometimes abbreviated as TPO) mixed resin, or a three-layer transparent film of polyethylene (PE)/polypropylene (PP)/polyethylene (PE) is preferable. The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention has heat resistance through the base material, and can effectively suppress the bending of the support sheet even under the conditions of heat-curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film.

基材係厚度的精確度較高之物,亦即較佳是不管部位如何均能夠抑制厚度的偏差之物。上述構成材料之中。作為構成此種厚度精確度較高的基材能夠使用的材料,例如,可舉出聚乙烯、聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等。It is preferable that the base material has high accuracy of thickness, that is, one that can suppress variation in thickness regardless of the location. Among the above-mentioned constituent materials. Examples of materials that can be used to constitute such a substrate with high thickness accuracy include polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, and the like.

基材係除了前述樹脂等主要的構成材料以外,亦可含有填充劑、著色劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、有機滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(可塑劑)等習知的各種添加劑。In addition to the main constituent materials such as the aforementioned resins, the base material may also contain various known additives such as fillers, colorants, antistatic agents, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, and softeners (plasticizers).

基材的光學特性,係滿足前面已說明之支撐片的光學特性即可。亦即基材可為透明,亦可為不透明,亦可按照目的而經著色,亦可蒸鍍有其它層。The optical properties of the base material may satisfy the optical properties of the supporting sheet described above. That is, the base material may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, and may be vapor-deposited with other layers.

基材係為了提升與設置在其上之黏著劑層等其它層的密著性,亦可為經對表面施行噴砂處理、藉由溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理、電暈放電處理、電子射線照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧‧紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等的氧化處理等之物。 又,基材亦可為表面經施行底漆處理之物。 又,基材係將抗靜電塗覆層、複數片保護膜形成用複合片疊合而保存時,亦可為具有防止基材接著在其它薄片、及基材接著在吸附台之層等之物。In order to improve the adhesion with other layers such as the adhesive layer provided on the substrate, the surface may be subjected to sandblasting treatment, embossing treatment by solvent treatment, etc., corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation Oxidation treatment such as plasma treatment, ozone‧ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment, etc. In addition, the base material may be a surface treated with a primer. In addition, when the base material is stored by laminating the antistatic coating layer and a plurality of protective film-forming composite sheets, it may also have a layer that prevents the base material from sticking to other sheets, and the base material from sticking to the adsorption table. .

基材係能夠使用習知的方法而製造。例如,含有樹脂之基材,能夠藉由將含有前述樹脂之樹脂組合物進行成形而製造。Substrates can be fabricated using known methods. For example, a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the aforementioned resin.

.黏著劑層 前述黏著劑層為薄片狀或薄膜狀且含有黏著劑。 作為前述黏著劑,例如,可舉出丙烯酸系樹脂、胺甲酸酯系樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯基醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等的黏著性樹脂,以丙烯酸系樹脂為佳。. adhesive layer The aforementioned adhesive layer is in the form of a sheet or film and contains an adhesive. Examples of the adhesives include acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, ester resins, and the like. Adhesive resin, preferably acrylic resin.

又,在本發明,所謂「黏著性樹脂」,係包含具有黏著性的樹脂、及具有接著性的樹脂的雙方之概念,例如,不僅是樹脂本身具有黏著性之物,亦包含藉由併用添加劑等的其它成分而顯示黏著性之樹脂、及藉由熱或水等觸發物的存在而顯示接著性之樹脂等。In addition, in the present invention, the so-called "adhesive resin" is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin. Resins that exhibit adhesiveness due to other ingredients such as heat or water, and resins that exhibit adhesiveness due to the presence of triggers such as heat or water.

黏著劑層可為由1層(單層)所構成之物,亦可為由2層以上的複數層所構成之物,由複數層所構成時,該等複數層可互相相同亦可不同且該等複數層的組合係沒有特別限定。The adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of multiple layers of two or more layers. When composed of multiple layers, the multiple layers may be the same or different from each other and The combination of these plural layers is not particularly limited.

黏著劑層厚度係以1~100μm為佳,以1~60μm為較佳,以1~30μm為更佳,以3~20μm為特佳。 在此,所謂「黏著劑層的厚度」,係意味著黏著劑層全體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層所構成之黏著劑層的厚度,係意味著構成黏著劑層之全部層的合計厚度。The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 1-100 μm, more preferably 1-60 μm, more preferably 1-30 μm, and particularly preferably 3-20 μm. Here, the "thickness of the adhesive layer" means the thickness of the entire adhesive layer, for example, the thickness of an adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the adhesive layer.

黏著劑層的光學特性,係滿足前面已說明之支撐片的光學特性即可。亦即黏著劑層可為透明,亦可為不透明,亦可按照目的而經著色。The optical properties of the adhesive layer should only satisfy the optical properties of the supporting sheet described above. That is, the adhesive layer may be transparent or opaque, and may be colored according to the purpose.

黏著劑層係能夠使用能量線硬化性黏著劑而形成,亦可使用非能量線硬化性黏著劑而形成。使用能量線硬化性的黏著劑而形成之黏著劑層,係能夠容易地調整在硬化前及硬化後之物性The adhesive layer can be formed using an energy ray-curable adhesive, or can be formed using a non-energy ray-curable adhesive. The adhesive layer formed by using an energy ray curable adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing

在本發明,所謂「能量線」,係意味著在電磁波或荷電粒子線之中具有能量子之物,作為其例子,可舉出紫外線、放射線、電子射線等。 紫外線係例如能夠藉由使用高壓水銀燈、熔融燈(fusion lamp)、氙燈、黑光(black light)或LED燈等作為紫外線源而照射。電子射線係能夠藉由照射使電子射線加速器等所產生之物。 在本發明,所謂「能量線硬化性」,係意味著藉由照射能量線而硬化之性質,所謂「非能量線硬化性」,係意味著即便照射能量線亦不硬化之性質。In the present invention, the term "energy ray" means something having energy quanta among electromagnetic waves or charged particle rays, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays, radiation rays, electron rays, and the like. The ultraviolet system can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, an LED lamp, or the like as an ultraviolet source. Electron beams can be produced by electron beam accelerators and the like by irradiation. In the present invention, "energy ray curability" means the property of being cured by irradiation of energy ray, and "non-energy ray curability" means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy ray.

<黏著劑組合物> 黏著劑層係能夠使用有黏著劑之黏著劑組合物。例如,藉由將黏著劑組合物塗佈在黏著劑層的形成對象面且按照必要使其乾燥,而能夠在目標部位形成黏著劑層。黏著劑層之更具體的形成方法,係與其它層的形成方法一起在後面詳細地說明。黏著劑組合物中,在常溫不氣化的成分彼此的含量比例,係通常與黏著劑層的前述成分彼此的含量比例為相同。 又,在本說明書,所謂「常溫」,係意味著特別是不冷卻且不加熱的溫度亦即平常的溫度,例如可舉出15~25℃的溫度等。<Adhesive composition> For the adhesive layer system, an adhesive composition having an adhesive can be used. For example, the adhesive layer can be formed at the target site by applying the adhesive composition on the surface to be formed of the adhesive layer and drying it as necessary. A more specific method of forming the adhesive layer will be described in detail later together with methods of forming other layers. In the adhesive composition, the content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at normal temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the above-mentioned components in the adhesive layer. In addition, in the present specification, "normal temperature" means a temperature that is not cooled or heated, that is, a normal temperature, for example, a temperature of 15 to 25° C. is mentioned.

黏著劑組合物的塗佈,係使用習知的方法而進行即可,例如可舉出使用空氣刮刀塗佈器、刀片塗佈器、桿塗佈器、凹版塗佈器、輥塗佈器、輥式刮刀塗佈器、簾流塗佈器、模塗佈器、刮刀塗佈器、網篩塗佈器、繞線桿塗佈器、輥舐式塗佈器等的各種塗佈器之方法。The coating of the adhesive composition may be carried out using a known method, for example, the use of an air knife coater, a blade coater, a bar coater, a gravure coater, a roll coater, Various coater methods such as roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, wire rod coater, lick roll coater, etc. .

黏著劑組合物的乾燥條件,係沒有特別限定,黏著劑組合物係含有後述溶劑時,以使其加熱乾燥為佳,此時例如使其在70~130℃且10秒鐘~5分鐘的條件下乾燥為佳。The drying conditions of the adhesive composition are not particularly limited. When the adhesive composition contains the solvent described later, it is preferable to dry it by heating. Best to dry.

黏著劑層為能量線硬化性時,作為含有能量線硬化性黏著劑之黏著劑組合物亦即能量線硬化性黏著劑組合物,例如可舉出含有非能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂(I-1a)(以下,有略記為「黏著性樹脂(I-1a)」之情形)、及能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組合物(I-1);含有將不飽和基而成之能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂(I-2a)導入至非能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的側鏈(以下,有略記為「黏著性樹脂(I-2a)」之情形)而成之黏著劑組合物(I-2);以及含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)、及能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組合物(I-3)等。When the adhesive layer is energy ray curable, as an adhesive composition containing an energy ray curable adhesive, that is, an energy ray curable adhesive composition, for example, a non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I- 1a) (Hereinafter, it may be abbreviated as "adhesive resin (I-1a)") and an adhesive composition (I-1) of an energy ray-curable compound; energy ray-curable resin containing an unsaturated group Adhesion in which a permanent adhesive resin (I-2a) is introduced into the side chain of a non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter, abbreviated as "adhesive resin (I-2a)") an adhesive composition (I-2); and an adhesive composition (I-3) containing the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound; and the like.

<黏著劑組合物(I-1)> 前述黏著劑組合物(I-1)係如上述,含有非能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂(I-1a)、及能量線硬化性化合物。<Adhesive composition (I-1)> The above-mentioned adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound as described above.

[黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)係以丙烯酸系樹脂為佳。 作為前述丙烯酸系樹脂,例如,可舉出至少具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元之丙烯酸系聚合物。 前述丙烯酸系樹脂所具有之結構單元可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。[Adhesive resin (I-1a)] The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin. As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate at least is mentioned, for example. The structural unit which the said acrylic resin has may be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types, and when there are 2 or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯,例如可舉出構成烷酯之烷基的碳數為1~20之物,前述烷基係以直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀為佳。 作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯,更具體地係可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二酯(亦稱為(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四酯(亦稱為(甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯亦稱為)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八酯(亦稱為(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酸酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十九酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二十酯等。Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is preferably linear or branched. As the alkyl (meth)acrylate, more specifically, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, Butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second-butyl (meth)acrylate, third-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate , isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate (also known as lauryl (meth)acrylate), (meth)acrylate base) tridecyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (also known as myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, cetyl (meth)acrylate ((meth)acrylate ) palmityl acrylate (also known as), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (also known as stearate (meth)acrylate), nonadecyl (meth)acrylate, Eicosyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

就提升黏著劑層的黏著力而言,前述丙烯酸系聚合物係以具有源自前述烷基的碳數為4以上之(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元為佳。而且,就進一步提升黏著劑層的黏著力而言,前述烷基的碳數係以4~12為佳,以4~8為較佳。又,前述烷基的碳數為4以上之(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯係以丙烯酸烷酯為佳。In terms of improving the adhesion of the adhesive layer, the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate having 4 or more carbon atoms derived from the alkyl group. Moreover, in terms of further enhancing the adhesion of the adhesive layer, the carbon number of the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably 4-12, more preferably 4-8. Also, the alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl acrylate.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物係除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元以外,以進一步具有源自含官能基單體的結構單元為佳。作為前述含官能基單體,例如,可舉出前述官能基係藉由與後述交聯劑反應而成為交聯的起點、或前述官能基係藉由與後述不含不飽和基的化合物中的不飽和基反應而能夠將不飽和基導入至丙烯酸系聚合物的側鏈之物。The acrylic polymer preferably further has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate. As the above-mentioned functional group-containing monomer, for example, the above-mentioned functional group can be used as a starting point of crosslinking by reacting with the cross-linking agent described later, or the above-mentioned functional group can be obtained by reacting with the compound containing no unsaturated group described later. A thing capable of introducing an unsaturated group into a side chain of an acrylic polymer by reacting an unsaturated group.

作為含官能基單體中的前述官能基,例如可舉出羥基、羧基、胺基、環氧基等。 亦即,作為含官能基單體,例如,可舉出含羥基單體、含羧基單體、含胺基單體、含環氧基單體等。As said functional group in a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an epoxy group etc. are mentioned, for example. That is, as a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group containing monomer, a carboxyl group containing monomer, an amino group containing monomer, an epoxy group containing monomer etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為前述含羥基的單體,例如,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇類等的非(甲基)丙烯酸系不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxy (meth)acrylate, - Hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate; vinyl alcohol , non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohols such as allyl alcohols (unsaturated alcohols not having a (meth)acryl group skeleton), and the like.

作為前述含羧基的單體,例如,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸等的乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(亦即具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);反丁烯二酸、伊康酸、順丁烯二酸、檸康酸等的乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(亦即具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸的酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷酯等。As the aforementioned carboxyl group-containing monomers, for example, ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (that is, monocarboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated bonds) such as (meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid , itaconic acid, maleic acid, citraconic acid and other ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (that is, dicarboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated bonds); anhydrides of the aforementioned ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; Carboxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, such as 2-carboxyethyl acrylate, etc.

含官能基單體係以含羥基單體、含羧基單體為佳,以含羥基的單體為較佳。The functional group-containing monomer system is preferably a hydroxyl-containing monomer or a carboxyl-containing monomer, and preferably a hydroxyl-containing monomer.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之含官能基單體可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The functional group-containing monomer constituting the above-mentioned acrylic polymer may be only one type, or may be two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily.

在前述丙烯酸系聚合物,源自含官能基單體的結構單元之含量,係相對於結構單元的總量(總質量),以1~35質量%為佳,以2~32質量%為較佳,以3~30質量%為特佳。In the aforementioned acrylic polymer, the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1-35% by mass, more preferably 2-32% by mass, relative to the total amount (total mass) of the structural unit. Preferably, 3-30% by mass is especially preferred.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物係除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元、及源自含官能基單體的結構單元以外,亦可進一步具有源自其它單體的結構單元。 前述其它單體係只要能夠與(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯等共聚合之物,就沒有特別限定。 作為前述其它單體,例如,可舉出苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺等。The above-mentioned acrylic polymer system may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate and the structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer. The aforementioned other monomers are not particularly limited as long as they can be copolymerized with an alkyl (meth)acrylate or the like. Examples of the aforementioned other monomers include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide, and the like.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之前述其它單體可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The said other monomer which comprises the said acrylic polymer may be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types, and when there are 2 or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物係能夠使用作為上述非能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂(I-1a)。 另一方面,在前述丙烯酸系聚合物中的官能基,使具有能量線聚合性不飽和基(能量線聚合性基)之含不飽和基的化合物反應而成之物,係能夠使用作為上述能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂(I-2a)。The aforementioned acrylic polymer can be used as the aforementioned non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a). On the other hand, the functional group in the aforementioned acrylic polymer reacts an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray polymerizable group), which can be used as the energy ray polymer. Line-hardening adhesive resin (I-2a).

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only 1 type, or may be 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-1),黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量係相對於黏著劑組合物(I-1)的總質量,以5~99質量%為佳,以10~95質量%為較佳,以15~90質量%為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition (I-1), preferably 5-99% by mass, preferably 10-95% by mass. The mass % is more preferable, and 15-90 mass % is especially preferable.

[能量線硬化性化合物] 作為黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的前述能量線硬化性化合物,可舉出具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且能夠藉由照射能量線而硬化之單體或寡聚物。 能量線硬化性化合物之中,作為單體,例如,可舉出三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等的多元(甲基)丙烯酸酯;胺甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 能量線硬化性化合物之中,作為寡聚物,例如,可舉出上述例示的單體聚合而成之寡聚物等。 從分子量較大而不容易使黏著劑層的儲存彈性模數低落而言,能量線硬化性化合物係以胺甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚物為佳。[Energy Beam Curing Compound] Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers that have an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group and are curable by irradiation with energy ray. Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of monomers include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentylthritol (meth)acrylate, neopentylitol tetra(methyl) Acrylic esters, dipentylthritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate, etc. ) acrylate; urethane (meth)acrylate; polyester (meth)acrylate; polyether (meth)acrylate; epoxy (meth)acrylate, etc. Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of the oligomers include oligomers obtained by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above, and the like. In terms of large molecular weight and not easy to reduce the storage elastic modulus of the adhesive layer, the energy ray curable compound is based on urethane (meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate oligomer Things are better.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的前述能量線硬化性化合物可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The aforementioned energy ray-curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, such combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.

在前述黏著劑組合物(I-1),前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量係相對於前述黏著劑組合物(I-1)的總質量,以1~95質量%為佳,以5~90質量%為較佳,以10~85質量%為特佳。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass, preferably 5 to 90% by mass, relative to the total mass of the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1). The mass % is more preferable, and 10-85 mass % is especially preferable.

[交聯劑] 作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a),係使用除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元以外,進一步具有源自含官能基單體的結構單元之前述丙烯酸系聚合物時,黏著劑組合物(I-1)係以進一步含有交聯劑為佳。[Crosslinking agent] As the adhesive resin (I-1a), when the aforementioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer is used in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate, the adhesive combination The substance (I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.

前述交聯劑係例如與前述官能基反應而將黏著性樹脂(I-1a)彼此交聯之物。 作為交聯割,例如,可舉出甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、該等二異氰酸酯的加成物等的異氰酸酯系交聯劑(亦即具有異氰酸酯基的交聯劑);乙二醇環氧丙基醚等的環氧系交聯劑(亦即具有環氧丙基的交聯劑);六[1-(2-甲基)-吖環丙烷基]三磷雜三嗪等的吖環丙烷系交聯劑(亦即具有吖環丙烷基的交聯劑);鋁鉗合物等的金屬鉗合物系交聯劑(亦即具有金屬鉗合物構造的交聯劑);異三聚氰酸酯系交聯劑(亦即具有異三聚氰酸骨架的交聯劑)等。 就使黏著劑的凝聚力提升而使黏著劑層的黏著力而言,及就取得容易等而言,交聯劑係以異氰酸酯系交聯劑為佳。The said crosslinking agent reacts with the said functional group, and crosslinks adhesive resin (I-1a) mutually, for example. Examples of the cross-linking agent include isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, and adducts of these diisocyanates (that is, those having an isocyanate group). cross-linking agent); epoxy-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (that is, cross-linking agents with glycidyl groups); hexa[1-(2-methyl)-aziridine Aziridine-based crosslinking agents such as triphosphatriazine (that is, a crosslinking agent having an aziridine group); metal chelate crosslinking agents such as aluminum chelates (that is, a metal chelate cross-linking agent for material structure); isocyanurate-based cross-linking agent (that is, a cross-linking agent with isocyanuric acid skeleton) and the like. In terms of increasing the cohesive force of the adhesive to increase the cohesive force of the adhesive layer, and in terms of ease of acquisition, the cross-linking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的交聯劑可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be 1 type, or may be 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在前述黏著劑組合物(I-1),相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份,交聯劑含量係以0.01~50質量份為佳,以0.1~20質量份為較佳,以0.3~15質量份為特佳。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1), with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01-50 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1-20 parts by mass. Best, especially preferably 0.3-15 parts by mass.

[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-1)亦可進一步含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組合物(I-1),係即便照射紫外線等較低能量的能量線,亦充分地進行硬化反應。[Photopolymerization Initiator] The adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator fully advances hardening reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如,可舉出苯偶姻、苯偶姻甲醚、苯偶姻乙醚、苯偶姻異丙醚、苯偶姻異丁醚、苯偶姻苯甲酸、苯偶姻苯甲酸甲酯、苯偶姻二甲縮酮等的苯偶姻化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮等的苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等的醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫醚、四甲基秋蘭姆一硫醚等的硫醚化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等的α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等的偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等的二茂鈦化合物;9-氧硫

Figure 02_image001
Figure 02_image003
(thioxanthone)等的9-氧硫
Figure 02_image001
Figure 02_image003
化合物;過氧化物化合物;聯乙醯等的二酮化合物;二苯基乙二酮(benzil);聯苄(dibenzyl);二苯基酮;2,4-二乙基9-氧硫
Figure 02_image001
Figure 02_image003
;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙烷;2-氯蒽醌等。 又,作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如,亦能夠使用1-氯蒽醌等的醌化合物;胺等的光敏化劑等。Examples of the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin Benzoin compounds such as methyl benzoate and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 2,2-dimethyl Acetophenone compounds such as oxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one; bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6- Acyl phosphine oxide compounds such as trimethylbenzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide; thioether compounds such as benzyl phenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone α-ketol compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; 9-oxysulfur
Figure 02_image001
Figure 02_image003
(thioxanthone) etc. 9-oxosulfur
Figure 02_image001
Figure 02_image003
Compounds; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; benzil; dibenzyl; diphenyl ketone; 2,4-diethyl 9-oxysulfur
Figure 02_image001
Figure 02_image003
; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]propane; 2-chloroanthraquinone, etc. Moreover, as said photoinitiator, for example, quinone compounds, such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; photosensitizers, such as an amine, etc. can also be used.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有之光聚合起始劑可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be 1 type, or may be 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-1),光聚合起始劑的含量,係相對於前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量100質量份,以0.01~20質量份為佳,以0.03~10質量份為較佳,以0.05~5質量份為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the content of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound. Preferably, 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferred.

[其它添加劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-1)係在不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,亦可含有不符合上述的任一種成分之其它添加劑。 作為前述其它添加劑,例如,可舉出抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(可塑劑)、填充劑(填料)、防鏽劑、著色劑(顏料、染料)、敏化劑、黏著賦予劑、反應遲延劑、交聯促進劑(觸媒)等習知的添加劑。 又,所謂反應遲延劑係,例如,藉由混入至黏著劑組合物(I-1)中之觸媒的作用,而抑制在保存中的黏著劑組合物(I-1)進行非目標的交聯反應之物。作為反應遲延劑,例如可舉出藉由對觸媒之鉗合物而形成鉗合物錯合物之物,更具體地,可舉出具有在1分子中具有2個以上的羰基(-C(=O)-)之物。[Other additives] The adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not correspond to any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Examples of the aforementioned other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, adhesion imparting agents, Conventional additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts). In addition, the so-called reaction delay agent is, for example, suppressing the unintended exchange of the adhesive composition (I-1) in storage by the action of a catalyst mixed into the adhesive composition (I-1). Linked reaction thing. As a reaction delay agent, for example, a compound that forms a chelate complex by a chelate to a catalyst, and more specifically, a compound having two or more carbonyl groups (-C (=O)-).

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的其它添加劑可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The other additive contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only 1 type, or may be 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-1),其它添加劑的含量係沒有特別限定,按照其種類而適當地選擇即可。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.

[溶劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-1)亦可含有溶劑。黏著劑組合物(I-1)係藉由含有溶劑,對塗佈對象面之塗佈適合性提升。[solvent] The adhesive composition (I-1) may also contain a solvent. The adhesive composition (I-1) improves the coating suitability to the surface to be coated by containing a solvent.

前述溶劑係以有機溶劑為佳,作為前述有機溶劑,例如可舉出甲基乙基酮、丙酮等的酮;乙酸乙酯等的酯(亦即羧酸酯);四氫呋喃、二㗁烷等的醚;環己烷、正己烷等的脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等的芳香族烴;1-丙醇、2-丙醇等的醇類等。The aforementioned solvent is preferably an organic solvent, and as the aforementioned organic solvent, for example, ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone can be enumerated; esters (that is, carboxylate) such as ethyl acetate; Ether; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol, etc.

作為前述溶劑,例如,亦可將在黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的製造時所使用過的溶劑,不從黏著性樹脂(I-1a)除去而直接使用在黏著劑組合物(I-1),亦可在黏著劑組合物(I-1)的製造時,另外添加與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的製造時所使用過的溶劑相同或不同種類的溶劑。As the above-mentioned solvent, for example, the solvent used in the manufacture of the adhesive resin (I-1a) can also be used directly in the adhesive composition (I-1a) without removing it from the adhesive resin (I-1a). ), and the solvent of the same or different type from the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be additionally added during the production of the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的溶劑可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be 1 type or 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-1),溶劑的含量係沒有特別限定,適當地調節即可。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted appropriately.

<黏著劑組合物(I-2)> 前述黏著劑組合物(I-2)係如上述,係含有將不飽和基導入至非能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的側鏈而成之能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂(I-2a)。<Adhesive composition (I-2)> The aforementioned adhesive composition (I-2) is, as described above, an energy ray curable adhesive resin (I -2a).

[黏著性樹脂(I-2a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)係例如能夠藉由使具有能量線聚合性不飽和基之含不飽和基的化合物對黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基進行反應而得到。[Adhesive resin (I-2a)] The adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group with a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a).

前述含不飽和基的化合物,係除了前述能量線聚合性不飽和基以外,而且具有能夠藉由與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基反應,而與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)鍵結之基之化合物。 作為前述能量線聚合性不飽和基,例如,可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基(亦稱為ethenyl基)、烯丙基(亦稱為2-丙烯基)等,以(甲基)丙烯醯基為佳。 作為能夠與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基鍵結之基,係例如可舉出能夠與羥基或胺基鍵結之異氰酸酯基及環氧丙基、以及能夠與羧基或環氧基鍵結之羥基及胺基等。The above-mentioned unsaturated group-containing compound is, in addition to the above-mentioned energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group, and has the ability to react with the adhesive resin (I-1a) with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a). Compounds with bonded bases. Examples of the aforementioned energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth)acryl, vinyl (also called ethenyl), allyl (also called 2-propenyl), etc. base) acryl group is preferred. As the group capable of bonding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a), for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group capable of bonding to a hydroxyl group or an amine group, and a group capable of bonding to a carboxyl group or an epoxy group can be mentioned. Bonded hydroxyl and amino groups, etc.

作為前述含不飽和基的化合物,例如,可舉出異氰酸(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、異氰酸(甲基)丙烯醯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯等。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth)acryloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth)acryl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

黏著劑組合物(I-2)所含有的黏著性樹脂(I-2a),可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected. .

在黏著劑組合物(I-2),相對於黏著劑組合物(I-2)的總質量,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量係以5~99質量%為佳,以10~95質量%為較佳,以10~90質量%為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-2), relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5-99% by mass, and preferably 10-95% by mass. The mass % is more preferable, and 10-90 mass % is especially preferable.

[交聯劑] 作為黏著性樹脂(I-2a),例如,與在黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之物同樣地,使用具有源自含官能基單體的結構單元之前述丙烯酸系聚合物時,黏著劑組合物(I-2)亦可進一步含有交聯劑。[Crosslinking agent] As the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, as in the adhesive resin (I-1a), when the aforementioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer is used, the adhesive combination The substance (I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.

作為在黏著劑組合物(I-2)之前述交聯劑,可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之交聯劑相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-2)所含有的交聯劑可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。Examples of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same ones as the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-1). The crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be 1 type or 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在前述黏著劑組合物(I-2),相當於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,交聯劑的含量係以0.01~50質量份為佳,以0.1~20質量份為較佳,以0.3~15質量份為特佳。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-2), equivalent to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01-50 parts by mass, preferably 0.1-20 parts by mass. Preferably, 0.3 to 15 parts by mass is particularly preferred.

[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-2)亦可進一步含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組合物(I-2)係即便照射紫外線等較低能量的能量線,亦充分地進行硬化反應。[Photopolymerization Initiator] The adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-2) containing a photoinitiator fully advances hardening reaction even if it irradiates the energy ray of low energy, such as an ultraviolet-ray.

作為在黏著劑組合物(I-2)之前述光聚合起始劑,可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之光聚合起始劑相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-2)所含有的光聚合起始劑可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same ones as the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-1). The photoinitiator contained in an adhesive composition (I-2) may be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types, and when there are 2 or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-2),相當於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量係以0.01~20質量份為佳,以0.03~10質量份為較佳,以0.05~5質量份為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-2), equivalent to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01-20 parts by mass, and preferably 0.03-10 parts by mass. More preferably, 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferred.

[其它添加劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-2)係在不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,亦可含有不符合上述的任一種成分之其它添加劑。 作為在黏著劑組合物(I-2)之前述其它添加劑,可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之其它添加劑相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-2)所含有的其它添加劑可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。[Other additives] The adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not correspond to any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Examples of the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same ones as the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1). The other additive contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be only 1 type, or may be 2 or more types, and when there are 2 or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-2),其它添加劑的含量係沒有特別限定,按照其種類而適當地選擇即可。In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.

[溶劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-2)係基於與黏著劑組合物(I-1)時同樣的目的而亦可含有溶劑。 作為在黏著劑組合物(I-2)之前述溶劑,可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之溶劑相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-2)所含有的溶劑可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。 在黏著劑組合物(I-2),溶劑的含量係沒有特別限定,適當地調節即可。[solvent] The adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the adhesive composition (I-1). Examples of the aforementioned solvent in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same ones as the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1). The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be 1 type or 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected. In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted appropriately.

<黏著劑組合物(I-3)> 前述黏著劑組合物(I-3)係如上述,含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)、及能量線硬化性化合物。<Adhesive composition (I-3)> The said adhesive composition (I-3) contains the said adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray curable compound as mentioned above.

在黏著劑組合物(I-3),相對於黏著劑組合物(I-3)的總質量,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量係以5~99質量%為佳,以10~95質量%為較佳,以15~90質量%為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-3), relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5-99% by mass, and preferably 10-95% by mass. The mass % is more preferable, and 15-90 mass % is especially preferable.

[能量線硬化性化合物] 作為黏著劑組合物(I-3)所含有的前述能量線硬化性化合物,可舉出具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且能夠藉由照射能量線而硬化的單體及寡聚物;而且可舉出與黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的能量線硬化性化合物相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-3)所含有的前述能量線硬化性化合物可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。[Energy Beam Curing Compound] Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers that have an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation with energy ray; The same thing as the energy ray-curable compound contained in adhesive composition (I-1) is mentioned. The aforementioned energy ray-curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, such combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

在前述黏著劑組合物(I-3),相當於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量係以0.01~300質量份為佳,以0.03~200質量份為較佳,以0.05~100質量份為特佳。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-3), equivalent to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a), the content of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound is preferably 0.01 to 300 parts by mass, preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass. Parts by mass are preferred, and 0.05 to 100 parts by mass is particularly preferred.

[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-3)亦可進一步含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組合物(I-3)係即照射紫外線等較低能量的能量線亦充分地進行硬化反應。[Photopolymerization Initiator] The adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator fully advances hardening reaction even when irradiated with relatively low-energy energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.

作為在黏著劑組合物(I-3)之前述光聚合起始劑,可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之光聚合起始劑相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-3)所含有的光聚合起始劑可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-3) include the same ones as the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-1). The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be 1 type, or may be 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-3),相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)及前述能量線硬化性化合物的總含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量係以0.01~20質量份為佳,以0.03~10質量份為較佳,以0.05~5質量份為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound. Better, preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.

[其它添加劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-3)係在不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,亦可含有不符合上述任一種成分之其它添加劑。 作為前述其它添加劑,可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之其它添加劑相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-3)所含有的其它添加劑可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。[Other additives] The adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not correspond to any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Examples of the aforementioned other additives include the same ones as the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1). The other additive contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only 1 type, or may be 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-3),其它添加劑的含量係沒有特別限定,按照其種類而適當地選擇即可。In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.

[溶劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-3)係基於與黏著劑組合物(I-1)時同樣的目的,亦可含有溶劑。 作為在黏著劑組合物(I-3)之前述溶劑,可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之溶劑相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-3)所含有的溶劑可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。 在黏著劑組合物(I-3),溶劑的含量係沒有特別限定,適當地調節即可。[solvent] The adhesive composition (I-3) is based on the same purpose as that of the adhesive composition (I-1), and may contain a solvent. Examples of the aforementioned solvent in the adhesive composition (I-3) include the same ones as the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1). The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, such combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected. In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted appropriately.

<黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)以外的黏著劑組合物> 至此為止,主要是說明了黏著劑組合物(I-1)、黏著劑組合物(I-2)及黏著劑組合物(I-3),以該等的含有成分之方式已說明之物,係在該等3種黏著劑組合物以外的全體黏著劑組合物(在本說明書,係稱為「黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)以外的黏著劑組合物」)亦能夠同樣地使用。<Adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)> So far, the adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-2) and adhesive composition (I-3) have been mainly described, and what has been described in the form of these components, All adhesive compositions other than these three types of adhesive compositions (in this specification, referred to as "adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)") are also can be used in the same way.

作為黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)以外的黏著劑組合物,係除了能量線硬化性黏著劑組合物以外,亦可舉出非能量線硬化性黏著劑組合物。 作為非能量線硬化性黏著劑組合物,例如可舉出丙烯酸系樹脂、胺甲酸酯系樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯基醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等含有非能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之黏著劑組合物(I-4),以含有丙烯酸系樹脂為佳。Examples of adhesive compositions other than the adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy-ray-curable adhesive compositions other than energy-ray-curable adhesive compositions. Examples of non-energy ray-curable adhesive compositions include acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, The adhesive composition (I-4) containing a non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a), such as an ester resin, preferably contains an acrylic resin.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)以外的黏著劑組合物,係以含有1種或2種以上的交聯劑為佳,其含量係能夠設為與上述黏著劑組合物(I-1)等時同樣物。Adhesive compositions other than the adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contain one or more crosslinking agents, and the content thereof can be set to be the same as that of the above-mentioned adhesive compositions. (I-1) Isochronous same.

<黏著劑組合物(I-4)> 在黏著劑組合物(I-4)作為較佳之物,例如可舉出含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)、及交聯劑之物。<Adhesive composition (I-4)> As a preferable adhesive composition (I-4), what contains the said adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent is mentioned, for example.

[黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] 作為在黏著劑組合物(I-4)之黏著性樹脂(I-1a),可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-4)所含有的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)、可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。[Adhesive resin (I-1a)] Examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-1). The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be 1 type, or may be 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-4),相對於黏著劑組合物(I-4)的總質量,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量係以5~99質量%為佳,以10~95質量%為較佳,以15~90質量%為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-4), relative to the total mass of the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5-99% by mass, and preferably 10-95% by mass. The mass % is more preferable, and 15-90 mass % is especially preferable.

[交聯劑] 作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a),係使用除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元以外,進一步具有源自含官能基單體的結構單元之前述丙烯酸系聚合物時,黏著劑組合物(I-4)係以進一步含有交聯劑為佳。[Crosslinking agent] As the adhesive resin (I-1a), when the aforementioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer is used in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate, the adhesive combination The substance (I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.

作為在黏著劑組合物(I-4)之交聯劑,可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之交聯劑相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-4)所含有的交聯劑可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。Examples of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same ones as the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-1). The crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, such combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

在前述黏著劑組合物(I-4),相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份,交聯劑的含量係以0.01~50質量份為佳,以0.1~20質量份為較佳,以0.3~15質量份為特佳。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01-50 parts by mass, preferably 0.1-20 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a). Preferably, 0.3 to 15 parts by mass is particularly preferred.

[其它添加劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-4)係在不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,亦可含有不符合上述任一種成分的其它添加劑。作為前述其它添加劑,可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之其它添加劑相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-4)所含有的其它添加劑可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。[Other additives] The adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not correspond to any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Examples of the aforementioned other additives include the same ones as the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1). The other additive contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, such combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-4),其它添加劑的含量係沒有特別限定,按照其種類而適當地選擇即可。In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.

[溶劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-4)係基於與黏著劑組合物(I-1)時同樣的目的亦可含有溶劑。 作為在黏著劑組合物(I-4)之前述溶劑,可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之溶劑相同物。 黏著劑組合物(I-4)所含有的溶劑可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。 在黏著劑組合物(I-4),溶劑的含量係沒有特別限定,適當地調節即可。[solvent] The adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the adhesive composition (I-1). Examples of the aforementioned solvent in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same ones as the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1). The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, such combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected. In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted appropriately.

<黏著劑組合物的製造方法> 黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)、及黏著劑組合物(I-4)等的黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)以外的黏著劑組合物,係能夠藉由將前述黏著劑、按照必要之前述黏著劑以外的成分等用以構成黏著劑組合物之各成分進行調配而得到。 在各成分的調配時之添加順序係沒有特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上的成分。 使用溶劑時,亦可將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合,藉由預先將該調配成分稀釋而使用,亦可將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分不預先稀釋,而將溶劑與該等調配成分混合而使用。 調配時將各成分混合之方法係沒有特別限定,從使攪拌子或攪拌葉等旋轉而混合之方法;使用混合機而混合之方法;及施加超音波而混合之方法等習知的方法適當地選擇即可。 各成分的添加及混合時的溫度及時間,係只要各調配成分不劣化就沒有特別限定,適當地調節即可,溫度係以15~30℃為佳<Manufacturing method of adhesive composition> Adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3), such as adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3), and adhesive composition (I-4), It can be obtained by preparing the above-mentioned adhesive, components other than the above-mentioned adhesive as necessary, and other components for constituting the adhesive composition. The order of addition at the time of compounding of each component is not specifically limited, You may add 2 or more types of components simultaneously. When using a solvent, it is also possible to mix the solvent with any formulation component other than the solvent and use it by diluting the formulation component in advance, or to mix the solvent with the formulation component without pre-diluting any formulation component other than the solvent. The ingredients are mixed and used. The method of mixing the ingredients during preparation is not particularly limited, and the method of mixing by rotating a stirring bar or stirring blade, the method of mixing by using a mixer, and the method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves are suitable. Just select. The temperature and time for the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as the components are not deteriorated, and can be adjusted appropriately. The temperature is preferably 15~30°C

○熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜 前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜為熱硬化性,經過熱硬化而最後成為耐衝擊性較高的保護膜。該保護膜係例如防止在切割步驟以後的半導體晶片產生龜裂。 保護膜形成用薄膜係能夠由後述的熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物形成。○Films for thermosetting protective film formation The above-mentioned thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film is thermosetting, and finally becomes a protective film with high impact resistance after thermosetting. The protective film prevents, for example, cracks in the semiconductor wafer after the dicing step. The thin film for protective film formation can be formed from the thermosetting protective film formation composition mentioned later.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜可為1層(單層),亦可為2層以上的複數層,複數層時該等複數層可互相相同亦可不同,而且該等複數層的組合係沒有特別限定。The film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be one layer (single layer), or multiple layers of two or more layers. When there are multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not special limited.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的厚度係沒有特別限定,以1~100μm為佳,以5~75μm為較佳,以5~50μm為特佳。藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的厚度為前述下限值以上,對被黏著物之半導體晶圓及半導體晶片之接著力係變為較大。又,藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的厚度為前述上限值以下,在半導體晶片拾取時,更容易利用剪切力而將硬化物之保護膜切斷。The thickness of the thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 5 to 75 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. When the thickness of the thin film for thermosetting protective film formation is more than the said lower limit, the adhesive force with respect to the semiconductor wafer of an adherend and a semiconductor wafer becomes large. Moreover, when the thickness of the thin film for thermosetting protective film formation is below the said upper limit, it becomes easier to cut the protective film of hardened|cured material by shearing force at the time of semiconductor wafer pick-up.

作為較佳熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜,例如,可舉出含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之物。聚合物成分(A)係能夠視為聚合性化合物聚合反應而形成之成分。又,熱硬化性成分(B)係將熱量作為反應的觸發物而能夠硬化(聚合)反應之成分。又,在本發明聚合反應亦包含聚縮合反應。以下,亦將「熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜」簡稱為「保護膜形成用薄膜」。As a preferable film for thermosetting protective film formation, the thing containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) is mentioned, for example. The polymer component (A) can be regarded as a component formed by a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. Also, the thermosetting component (B) is a component capable of curing (polymerization) reaction using heat as a reaction trigger. In addition, the polymerization reaction in the present invention also includes polycondensation reaction. Hereinafter, the "thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film" is also simply referred to as "thin film for forming a protective film".

在本發明,將保護膜形成用薄膜硬化而得到的保護膜與支撐片之間的黏著力係以50~1500mN/25mm為佳,以52~1450mN/25mm為較佳,以53~1430mN/25mm為特佳。藉由前述黏著力為前述下限值以上,在拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片時,能夠抑制拾取目標外之附保護膜的半導體晶片且能夠再選擇地拾取目標之附有保護膜的半導體晶片。又,藉由前述黏著力為前述上限值以下,在拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片時,能夠抑制半導體晶片產生裂紋及缺損。如此,藉由前述黏著力為特定範圍內,保護膜形成用複合片係具有良好的拾取適性。In the present invention, the adhesive force between the protective film obtained by hardening the protective film forming film and the support sheet is preferably 50-1500mN/25mm, more preferably 52-1450mN/25mm, and 53-1430mN/25mm For the best. When the aforementioned adhesive force is above the aforementioned lower limit value, when picking up a semiconductor wafer with a protective film, it is possible to suppress picking up a semiconductor wafer with a protective film outside the target and to selectively pick up a target semiconductor wafer with a protective film. . Moreover, when the said adhesive force is below the said upper limit, when picking up the semiconductor wafer with a protective film, generation|occurrence|production of a crack and a chip|tip in a semiconductor wafer can be suppressed. Thus, the composite sheet for protective film formation has favorable pick-up property by the said adhesive force being in a specific range.

保護膜與支撐片之間的黏著力,係能夠使用以下的方法而測定。 亦即,將寬度為25mm且長度為任意的保護膜形成用複合片,藉由其保護膜形成用薄膜而貼附在被黏著物。 其次,使保護膜形成用薄膜熱硬化而形成保護膜之後,使支撐片以剝離速度300mm/min從被貼附在被黏著物之該保護膜剝離。此時的剝離,係設為以保護膜及支撐片互相接觸的面之間成為180∘的角度之方式,將支撐片往其長度方向(保護膜形成用複合片的長度方向)剝離之所謂180∘剝離。而且,測定該180∘剝離時的荷重(剝離力)且將其測定值作為前述黏著力(mN/25mm)。The adhesive force between a protective film and a support sheet can be measured using the following method. That is, the composite sheet for protective film formation with a width of 25 mm and arbitrary length was stuck to an adherend through the film for protective film formation. Next, after thermosetting the film for protective film formation to form a protective film, the support sheet was peeled from this protective film attached to the adherend at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. The peeling at this time is the so-called 180 degree of peeling the support sheet in its longitudinal direction (the longitudinal direction of the protective film forming composite sheet) so that the contact surfaces of the protective film and the support sheet form an angle of 180∘. ∘ Stripping. And the load (peeling force) at the time of this 180∘ peeling was measured, and the measured value was made into the said adhesive force (mN/25mm).

提供測定之保護膜形成用複合片的長度,係只要能夠穩定地檢測黏著力之範圍時,就沒有特別限定,以100~300mm為佳。又,測定時係設為將被黏著物貼附在保護膜形成用複合片的狀態下,而且以預先使保護膜形成用複合片的貼附狀態安定化為佳。The length of the composite sheet for protective film formation provided for measurement is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force can be detected stably, but is preferably 100~300mm. In addition, at the time of measurement, the adherend is attached to the composite sheet for protective film formation, and it is preferable to stabilize the attached state of the composite sheet for protective film formation in advance.

在本發明,保護膜形成用薄膜與前述支撐片之間的黏著力係沒有特別限定,例如亦可為80mN/25mm以上等,以100mN/25mm以上為佳,以150mN/25mm以上為較佳,以200mN/25mm以上為特佳。藉由前述黏著力為100mN/25mm以上,在切割時,能夠抑制保護膜形成用薄膜與支撐片產生剝離,例如能夠抑制在背面具備保護膜形成用薄膜之半導體晶片從支撐片飛散。 另一方面,保護膜形成用薄膜與前述支撐片之間的黏著力之上限值係沒有特別限定,例如能夠設為4000mN/25mm、3500mN/25mm、3000mN/25mm等的任一者。但是該等為一個例子。 作為一態樣,保護膜形成用薄膜與前述支撐片之間的黏著力係以80mN/25mm以上且4000mN/25mm以下為佳,以100mN/25mm以上且4000mN/25mm以下為較佳,以150mN/25mm以上且3500mN/25mm以下為更佳,以200mN/25mm以上且3000mN/25mm以下為特佳。In the present invention, the adhesive force between the protective film forming film and the aforementioned support sheet is not particularly limited, for example, it may be 80mN/25mm or more, preferably 100mN/25mm or more, preferably 150mN/25mm or more, More than 200mN/25mm is especially good. When the above adhesive force is 100mN/25mm or more, peeling of the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be suppressed during dicing, for example, scattering of the semiconductor wafer having the protective film-forming film on the back surface from the support sheet can be suppressed. On the other hand, the upper limit of the adhesive force between the film for protective film formation and the said support sheet is not specifically limited, For example, it can set it as any of 4000mN/25mm, 3500mN/25mm, 3000mN/25mm etc. But this is an example. As an aspect, the adhesive force between the protective film forming film and the support sheet is preferably 80 mN/25 mm to 4000 mN/25 mm, preferably 100 mN/25 mm to 4000 mN/25 mm, and 150 mN/25 mm. More than 25mm and less than 3500mN/25mm is more preferable, especially preferably more than 200mN/25mm and less than 3000mN/25mm.

保護膜形成用薄膜與支撐片之間的黏著力,係除了不對提供測定之保護膜形成用薄膜進行藉由加熱之硬化以外,係能夠使用和上述保護膜與支撐片之間的黏著力相同方法而測定。The adhesive force between the protective film forming film and the support sheet can be used in the same way as the above-mentioned adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet except that the protective film forming film to be measured is not hardened by heating. And measure.

上述保護膜與支撐片之間的黏著力、及保護膜形成用薄膜與支撐片之間的黏著力,係例如能夠藉由調節保護膜形成用薄膜的含有成分之種類及量、在支撐片之設置保護膜形成用薄膜之層的構成材料、及該層的表面狀態等而能夠適當地調節。The above-mentioned adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet, and the adhesive force between the film for forming the protective film and the support sheet can be adjusted, for example, by adjusting the type and amount of the ingredients contained in the film for forming the protective film, and the amount of the film on the support sheet. The constituent material of the layer in which the thin film for protective film formation is provided, the surface state of this layer, etc. can be adjusted suitably.

例如,保護膜形成用薄膜的含有成分之種類及量,係能夠藉由後述保護膜形成用組合物的含有成分的種類及量而調節。而且,能夠藉由保護膜形成用組合物的含有成分之中,調節例如聚合物的種類及含量、填充材(D)的含量、或交聯劑(F)的含量而能夠更容易地調節保護膜或保護膜形成用薄膜與支撐片之間的黏著力。For example, the types and amounts of components contained in the film for forming a protective film can be adjusted by the types and amounts of components contained in the composition for forming a protective film described later. Furthermore, the protective film-forming composition can be adjusted more easily by adjusting, for example, the type and content of the polymer, the content of the filler (D), or the content of the crosslinking agent (F). Adhesion between film or protective film forming film and support sheet.

又,例如,在支撐片之設置保護膜形成用薄膜之層為黏著劑層時,其構成材料係能夠藉由調節黏著劑層的含有成分的種類及量而能夠適當地調節。而且,黏著劑層的含有成分的種類及量,係能夠藉由上述的黏著劑組合物的含有成分之種類及量而調節。 另一方面,在支撐片之設置保護膜形成用薄膜之層為基材時,保護膜或保護膜形成用薄膜與支撐片之間的黏著力係除了基材的構成材料以外,亦能夠調節基材表面狀態。而且,基材表面狀態,例如,能夠藉由施行例如用以使基材與其它層的密著性提升且前面已舉出的表面處理,亦即藉由噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子射線照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧‧紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等的氧化處理;底漆處理等的任一種處理而調節。Also, for example, when the layer on which the film for forming a protective film is provided on the support sheet is an adhesive layer, its constituent material can be appropriately adjusted by adjusting the types and amounts of components contained in the adhesive layer. In addition, the types and amounts of the components contained in the adhesive layer can be adjusted by the types and amounts of the components contained in the above-mentioned adhesive composition. On the other hand, when the layer of the support sheet on which the protective film-forming film is provided is the base material, the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can also be adjusted in addition to the constituent materials of the base material. material surface state. Moreover, the surface state of the base material can be obtained by, for example, performing the surface treatment mentioned above to improve the adhesion between the base material and other layers, that is, roughening treatment by sandblasting, solvent treatment, etc. ;Oxidation treatment such as corona discharge treatment, electron ray irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone‧ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment, primer treatment, etc.

作為一態樣,保護膜形成用薄膜亦可為熱硬化性且具有能量線硬化性,例如亦可為含有能量線硬化性成分(a)之物。 能量線硬化性成分(a)係以未硬化為佳,以具有黏著性為佳,以未硬化且具有黏著性為較佳。 作為能量線硬化性成分(a),例如可舉出將飽和基導入至非能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂的側鏈而成之能量線硬化性黏著性樹脂、具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且藉由照射能量線而能夠硬化的單體或寡聚物等。As an aspect, the thin film for protective film formation may be thermosetting and energy ray curable, for example, may contain an energy ray curable component (a). The energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably adhesive, and preferably uncured and adhesive. As the energy ray curable component (a), for example, an energy ray curable adhesive resin obtained by introducing a saturated group into a side chain of a non-energy ray curable adhesive resin, an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group and A monomer or oligomer that can be hardened by irradiation with energy rays.

保護膜形成用薄膜可為1層(單層),亦可為2層以上的複數層,複數層時,該等複數層可互相相同亦可不同、該等複數層的組合係沒有特別限定。The film for forming a protective film may be one layer (single layer) or multiple layers of two or more layers. When there are multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited.

保護膜形成用薄膜的厚度係以1~100μm為佳,以5~75μm為較佳,以5~50μm為特佳。藉由保護膜形成用薄膜的厚度為前述下限值以上,能夠形成保護能力較高的保護膜。又,藉由保護膜形成用薄膜的厚度為前述上限值以下,能夠抑制厚度過剩。 在此,所謂「保護膜形成用薄膜的厚度」,係意味著保護膜形成用薄膜全體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層所構成之保護膜形成用薄膜的厚度,係意味著構成保護膜形成用薄膜之全部層的合計厚度。The thickness of the protective film forming film is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 5 to 75 μm, particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. When the thickness of the film for protective film formation is more than the said lower limit, the protective film with high protective ability can be formed. Moreover, excess thickness can be suppressed by the thickness of the film for protective film formation being below the said upper limit. Here, the "thickness of the film for forming a protective film" means the thickness of the film for forming a protective film as a whole. The total thickness of all layers of a film.

使保護膜形成用薄膜硬化而形成保護膜時之硬化條件,係只要保護膜充分地發揮其功能的程度之硬化度,就沒有特別限定,按照保護膜形成用薄膜的種類而適當地選擇即可。 例如,在保護膜形成用薄膜硬化時之加熱溫度,係以50~150℃為佳,加熱時間係以20分鐘~3小時為佳。 又,保護膜形成用薄膜為熱硬化性且具有能量線硬化性時,能量線的照度係以4~280mW/cm2 為佳。而且,在前述硬化時之能量線的光量係以3~1000mJ/cm2 為佳。The curing conditions for forming a protective film by curing the film for forming a protective film are not particularly limited as long as the degree of hardening is such that the protective film can fully perform its function, and may be appropriately selected according to the type of film for forming a protective film. . For example, when the film for forming a protective film is cured, the heating temperature is preferably 50-150°C, and the heating time is preferably 20 minutes-3 hours. Also, when the protective film forming film is thermosetting and energy ray curable, the illuminance of the energy ray is preferably 4 to 280 mW/cm 2 . Moreover, the light quantity of the energy ray at the time of curing is preferably 3~1000mJ/cm 2 .

<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物> 熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜係能夠由含有其構成材料之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物所形成。例如,能夠藉由將熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物塗佈在熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的形成對象面且按照使乾燥,而將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜形成在目標部位。熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物中之在常溫不氣化的成分彼此的含量比例,係通常與熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的前述成分彼此的含量比例相同。在此,所謂「常溫」,係如前面已說明。<Thermosetting protective film forming composition> The thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be formed from a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film containing the constituent materials. For example, the thermosetting protective film-forming film can be formed on the target site by applying the thermosetting protective film-forming composition to the surface to be formed of the thermosetting protective film-forming film and drying it accordingly. The content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the thermosetting protective film forming composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the thermosetting protective film forming film. Here, the so-called "normal temperature" is as explained above.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物的塗佈,例如,能夠使用與上述黏著劑組合物的塗佈時相同方法而進行。Coating of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film can be performed, for example, by the same method as that of coating the above-mentioned adhesive composition.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物的乾燥條件係沒有特別限定,熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物係含有後述的溶劑時,以加熱乾燥為佳,此時,例如以在70℃~130℃且10秒鐘~5分鐘的條件下使其乾燥為佳。The drying conditions of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film are not particularly limited. When the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to dry by heating. It is better to dry it under the condition of 10 seconds to 5 minutes.

<保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)> 作為熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物,例如,可舉出含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)(在本說明書,「保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)」有略記為之情形)等。<Protective film forming composition (III-1)> As a thermosetting protective film-forming composition, for example, a thermosetting protective film-forming composition (III-1) containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) (described in this specification , the "protective film-forming composition (III-1)" is abbreviated), etc.

[聚合物成分(A)] 聚合物成分(A)係用以對熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜賦予造膜性和可操性等之聚合物化合物。 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜所含的聚合物成分(A)可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。[Polymer component (A)] The polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film formability, handleability, etc. to the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. The polymer component (A) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.

作為聚合物成分(A),例如,可舉出丙烯酸系樹脂(例如具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之樹脂)、聚酯、胺甲酸酯系樹脂(例如具有胺甲酸酯鍵之樹脂)、丙烯酸胺甲酸酯樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂(例如具有矽氧烷鍵之樹脂)、橡膠系樹脂(例如具有橡膠構造之樹脂)、苯氧基樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺等,以丙烯酸系樹脂為佳。Examples of the polymer component (A) include acrylic resins (such as resins having (meth)acryl groups), polyesters, and urethane resins (such as resins having urethane bonds). , urethane acrylate resin, polysiloxane resin (such as resin with siloxane bond), rubber-based resin (such as resin with rubber structure), phenoxy resin, thermosetting polyimide, etc., Acrylic resins are preferred.

作為在聚合物成分(A)之前述丙烯酸系樹脂,可舉出習知的丙烯酸聚合物。 丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)係以10000~2000000為佳,以100000~1500000為較佳。藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量為前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的形狀安定性(保管時的經時安定性)提升。又,藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜容易追隨被黏著物的凹凸面且能夠進一步抑制被黏著物與熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之間產生空隙等。 又,在本說明書,所謂「重量平均分子量」,只要未預先告知,係意味著使用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)法而測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。As the above-mentioned acrylic resin in the polymer component (A), known acrylic polymers can be mentioned. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably 10,000-2,000,000, more preferably 100,000-1,500,000. When the weight average molecular weight of an acrylic resin is more than the said lower limit, the shape stability (time-dependent stability at the time of storage) of the film for thermosetting protective film formation improves. In addition, when the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is not more than the above-mentioned upper limit, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can easily follow the uneven surface of the adherend, and the adhesion between the adherend and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be further suppressed. gaps etc. In addition, in this specification, a "weight average molecular weight" means the polystyrene equivalent value measured using the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, unless it is mentioned previously.

丙烯酸系樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)係以-60~70℃為佳,以-30~50℃為較佳。藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的Tg為前述下限值以上,能夠抑制保護膜與支撐片之接著力且支撐片的剝離性提升。又,藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的Tg為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜及保護膜與被黏著物的接著力提升。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of acrylic resin is preferably -60~70°C, more preferably -30~50°C. When Tg of an acrylic resin is more than the said lower limit, the adhesive force of a protective film and a support sheet can be suppressed, and the peelability of a support sheet can improve. Moreover, when Tg of an acrylic resin is below the said upper limit, the adhesive force of the film for thermosetting protective film formation, a protective film, and an adherend improves.

作為丙烯酸系樹脂,例如,可舉出1種或2種以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物;選自(甲基)丙烯酸、伊康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等之2種以上的單體之共聚物等。As the acrylic resin, for example, one or more (meth)acrylate polymers can be mentioned; selected from (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene and N- Copolymers of two or more monomers such as methylol acrylamide, etc.

作為構成丙烯酸系樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一酯、(甲基)丙烯十二酸(亦稱為(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四酯(亦稱為(甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯亦稱為)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酸酯亦稱為)等構成烷酯之烷基係碳數為1~18的鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯; (甲基)丙烯酸異莰基、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸環烷酯; (甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷酯; (甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸環烯酯; (甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等的(甲基)丙烯環烯氧基烷酯; (甲基)丙烯酸醯亞胺; (甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙基等的含環氧丙基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯; (甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等的羥基含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯; (甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺乙酯等含取代胺基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。在此,所謂「取代胺基」,係意味著胺基的1個或2個氫原子係經氫原子以外的基取代而成之基。As the aforementioned (meth)acrylate constituting the acrylic resin, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, ( n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, third butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Hexyl ester, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, Isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate (also known as lauryl (meth)acrylate), (meth)acrylate ) tridecyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (also known as myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, cetyl (meth)acrylate ((meth) Palm acrylate is also known as), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (also known as (meth)stearyl acrylate), etc. Alkyl (meth)acrylate with a chain structure of 1~18; Cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates such as isocamyl (meth)acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate; Aralkyl (meth)acrylates such as benzyl (meth)acrylate; Cycloenyl (meth)acrylates such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; (Meth)acryloenyloxyalkyl esters such as dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylic imide; Glycidyl group-containing (meth)acrylates such as (meth)acrylic acid glycidyl group; Hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy(meth)acrylate The hydroxyl groups of butyl, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc. contain (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylates containing substituted amino groups such as N-methylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Here, the "substituted amino group" means a group in which one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with groups other than hydrogen atoms.

丙烯酸系樹脂,例如,除了前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外,亦可為選自(甲基)丙烯酸、伊康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等之1種或2種以上的單體共聚合而成之物。Acrylic resin, for example, in addition to the above-mentioned (meth)acrylate, can also be selected from (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene and N-methylolacrylamide, etc. A copolymer of one or more than two monomers.

構成丙烯酸系樹脂之單體可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The monomer which comprises an acrylic resin may be 1 type, and may be 2 or more types, and when there are 2 or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

丙烯酸系樹脂亦可具有乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等能夠與其它化合物鍵結的官能基。丙烯酸系樹脂的前述官能基,可透過後述的交聯劑(F)而與其它化合物鍵結,亦可不透過交聯劑(F)而與其它化合物直接鍵結。丙烯酸系樹脂係藉由前述官能基而與其它化合物鍵結,使用保護膜形成用複合片而得到的組件之可靠性有提升之傾向。The acrylic resin may have functional groups capable of bonding with other compounds, such as vinyl groups, (meth)acryl groups, amine groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, and isocyanate groups. The aforementioned functional groups of the acrylic resin may be bonded to other compounds through a crosslinking agent (F) described later, or may be directly bonded to other compounds without passing through a crosslinking agent (F). The acrylic resin is bonded to other compounds through the functional group, and the reliability of the device obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film tends to be improved.

在本發明,亦可將丙烯酸系樹脂以外的熱可塑性樹脂(以下有略記為「熱可塑性樹脂」之情形)與丙烯酸系樹脂併用作為聚合物成分(A)。 藉由使用前述熱可塑性樹脂,保護膜從支撐片之剝離性提升、或熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜容易追隨被黏著物的凹凸面,而且有進一步抑制在被黏著物與熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之間產生空隙等之情形。In the present invention, thermoplastic resins other than acrylic resins (hereinafter abbreviated as "thermoplastic resins") may be used in combination with acrylic resins as the polymer component (A). By using the above-mentioned thermoplastic resin, the release property of the protective film from the support sheet is improved, or the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can easily follow the uneven surface of the adherend, and there is further restraint between the adherend and the thermosetting protective film. A case where voids, etc., are generated between thin films for formation.

前述熱可塑性樹脂的重量平均分子量係以1000~100000為佳,以3000~80000為較佳。The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably 1,000-100,000, more preferably 3,000-80,000.

前述熱可塑性樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)係以-30~150℃為佳,以-20~120℃為較佳。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably -30~150°C, more preferably -20~120°C.

作為前述熱可塑性樹脂,例如,可舉出聚酯、聚胺酯、苯氧基樹脂、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚苯乙烯等。Examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyester, polyurethane, phenoxy resin, polybutene, polybutadiene, polystyrene and the like.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜所含有的前述熱可塑性樹脂可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The aforementioned thermoplastic resin contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be 1 type or 2 or more types. When 2 or more types, the combination and ratio of these system can be arbitrarily selected.

在保護膜形成用組合物(III-1),相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量(總質量),聚合物成分(A)的含量比率(亦即相對於熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的總質量,聚合物成分(A)的含量)係不管聚合物成分(A)的種類如何,係以5~50質量%為佳,以10~40質量%為較佳,以15~35質量%為特佳。In the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film, the content ratio of the polymer component (A) relative to the total content (gross mass) of all components other than the solvent (that is, relative to the film for forming a thermosetting protective film The total mass of the polymer component (A) content) regardless of the type of polymer component (A), is preferably 5-50% by mass, preferably 10-40% by mass, and 15-35% by mass % is the best.

聚合物成分(A)係有亦符合熱硬化性成分(B)之情況。在本發明,保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)係含有符合此種聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)的雙方之成分時,保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)係視為含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)。The polymer component (A) may also correspond to the thermosetting component (B). In the present invention, when the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film contains a component corresponding to both the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film ) is regarded as containing the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B).

[熱硬化性成分(B)] 熱硬化性成分(B)係用以使熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜硬化而形成硬質保護膜之成分。 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜所含有的熱硬化性成分(B)可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。[Thermosetting component (B)] The thermosetting component (B) is a component for hardening the thin film for thermosetting protective film formation, and forming a hard protective film. The thermosetting component (B) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. The combination and ratio of can be arbitrarily selected.

作為熱硬化性成分(B),例如,可舉出環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺、聚胺酯、不飽和聚酯、聚矽氧樹脂等,係以環氧系熱硬化性樹脂為佳。As the thermosetting component (B), for example, epoxy-based thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, polysiloxane resins, etc., can be mentioned. Sexual resin is preferred.

(環氧系熱硬化性樹脂) 環氧系熱硬化性樹脂係由環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)所構成。 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜所含有的環氧系熱硬化性樹脂可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。(Epoxy Thermosetting Resin) The epoxy-based thermosetting resin is composed of an epoxy resin (B1) and a thermosetting agent (B2). The epoxy-based thermosetting resin contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. The combination and ratio of can be arbitrarily selected.

‧環氧樹脂(B1) 作為環氧樹脂(B1),可舉出習知物,例如,可舉出多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二環氧丙基酯及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、雙環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等2官能以上的環氧化合物。‧Epoxy resin (B1) Examples of the epoxy resin (B1) include conventional ones, for example, polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ester and its hydride, o-cresol novolac Epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resin, etc. Oxygen compounds.

作為環氧樹脂(B1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。相較於不具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂係與丙烯酸系樹脂的相溶性較高。因此藉由使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,使用保護膜形成用複合片而得到的組件之可靠性提升。An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group can also be used as the epoxy resin (B1). Compared with epoxy resins without unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, epoxy resins with unsaturated hydrocarbon groups have higher compatibility with acrylic resins. Therefore, reliability of the device obtained by using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves by using the epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如,可舉出多官能系環氧樹脂的環氧基的一部分經轉換成為具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物。此種化合物,例如,能夠藉由(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物對環氧基進行加成反應而得到。 又,作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可舉出具有不飽和烴基之基直接鍵結構成環氧樹脂之芳香環等而成的化合物等。 不飽和烴基係具有聚合性之不飽和基,作為其具體例,可舉出乙烯基(亦稱為vinyl)、2-丙烯基(亦稱為烯丙基)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等,以丙烯醯基為佳。 又,在本說明書,所謂「衍生物」,係意味著原化合物的至少1個氫原子經氫原子以外的基(取代基)取代而成之物。As an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound which converted a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is mentioned, for example. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by adding (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group. Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded and constituted the aromatic ring of an epoxy resin, etc. are mentioned, for example. The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group. Specific examples thereof include vinyl (also called vinyl), 2-propenyl (also called allyl), (meth)acryl, (Meth)acrylamide group, etc., preferably acrylyl group. In addition, in this specification, the term "derivative" means a product in which at least one hydrogen atom of the original compound is replaced by a group (substituent) other than a hydrogen atom.

環氧樹脂(B1)的數量平均分子量係沒有特別限定,就熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的硬化性、以及硬化後的保護膜強度及耐熱性而言,係以300~30000為佳,以300~10000為較佳,以300~3000為特佳。 在本說明書,「數量平均分子量」係只要未預先告知,就意味著使用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)法而測定之標準聚苯乙烯換算之值表示的數量平均分子量。 環氧樹脂(B1)的環氧當量係以100~1100g/eq為佳,以150~1000g/eq為較佳。 在本說明書,所謂「環氧當量」,係意味著含有1當量的環氧基之環氧化合物的克數(g/eq)且能夠依照JISK7236:2001的方法而測定。The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 300 to 30,000 in terms of the curability of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film after curing. 300~10000 is better, especially 300~3000. In this specification, the "number average molecular weight" means the number average molecular weight represented by the standard polystyrene equivalent value measured using the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, unless otherwise mentioned. The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably 100-1100 g/eq, more preferably 150-1000 g/eq. In this specification, "epoxy equivalent" means the number of grams (g/eq) of an epoxy compound containing 1 equivalent of an epoxy group, and can be measured according to the method of JISK7236:2001.

環氧樹脂(B1)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上、併用2種以上時、該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

‧熱硬化劑(B2) 熱硬化劑(B2)係能夠達成作為對環氧樹脂(B1)之硬化劑的功能。 作為熱硬化劑(B2),例如,可舉出在1分子中具有2個以上能夠與環氧基反應的官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可舉出酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經無水物化之基等,以酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經無水物化之基為佳,以酚性羥基或胺基為較佳。‧Thermal curing agent (B2) The thermosetting agent (B2) can function as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (B1). As a thermosetting agent (B2), the compound which has 2 or more functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. As the above-mentioned functional group, for example, phenolic hydroxyl group, alcoholic hydroxyl group, amino group, carboxyl group, and acid group are anhydroused, etc., preferably, phenolic hydroxyl group, amino group, or acidic group are anhydroused. A phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group is preferred.

熱硬化劑(B2)之中,作為具有酚性羥基之酚系硬化劑,例如可舉出多官能酚樹脂、聯苯、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、雙環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等。 熱硬化劑(B2)之中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可舉出二氰二胺(dicyanodiamide)(以下,「DICY」有略記為之情形)等。Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of the phenolic curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenyls, novolak-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resins, aralkylphenolic resins, and polyfunctional phenolic resins. resin etc. Among the thermosetting agents (B2), the amine-based curing agent having an amino group includes, for example, dicyanodiamine (hereinafter, "DICY" is abbreviated as the case) and the like.

熱硬化劑(B2)亦可具有不飽和烴基。 作為具有不飽和烴基之熱硬化劑(B2),例如,可舉出酚樹脂的羥基的一部分經具有不飽和烴基之基取代而成的化合物、具有不飽和烴基之基直接鍵結在酚樹脂的芳香環而成之化合物等。 在熱硬化劑(B2)之前述不飽和烴基係與上述具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂之不飽和烴基同樣物。The thermosetting agent (B2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Examples of the thermosetting agent (B2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds in which a part of the hydroxyl groups of a phenol resin is substituted by a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and compounds in which a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to a phenol resin. Compounds formed from aromatic rings, etc. The aforementioned unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (B2) is the same as that of the above-mentioned epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

使用酚系硬化劑作為熱硬化劑(B2)時,就保護膜從支撐片之剝離性提升而言,熱硬化劑(B2)係以軟化點或玻璃轉移溫度較高為佳。When a phenolic curing agent is used as the thermosetting agent (B2), the thermosetting agent (B2) preferably has a higher softening point or glass transition temperature in terms of improving the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet.

熱硬化劑(B2)係較佳是在常溫為固體且對環氧樹脂(B1)不顯示硬化活性,另一方面,藉由加熱而溶解且對環氧樹脂(B1)顯示硬化活性之熱硬化劑(以下,有略記為「熱活性潛在性環氧樹脂硬化劑」之情形)。 前述熱活性潛在性環氧樹脂硬化劑係在常溫時的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜為穩定地分散在環氧樹脂(B1)中,但是藉由加熱而與環氧樹脂(B1)相溶且與環氧樹脂(B1)進行反應。藉由使用前述熱活性潛在性環氧樹脂硬化劑,保護膜形成用複合片的保存安定性顯著地提升。例如,能夠抑制該硬化劑從保護膜形成用薄膜往鄰接的支撐片移動,且能夠有效地抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的熱硬化性低落。而且,因為熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜藉由加熱而熱硬化度變高,所以後述之附有保護膜的半導體晶片之拾取性進一步提升。The thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably a solid at room temperature and does not show curing activity to the epoxy resin (B1), on the other hand, it is a thermosetting agent that dissolves by heating and shows curing activity to the epoxy resin (B1) agent (hereafter, it is abbreviated as "thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener"). The thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener is a film for forming a thermosetting protective film at room temperature, which is stably dispersed in the epoxy resin (B1), but is compatible with the epoxy resin (B1) by heating And react with epoxy resin (B1). The storage stability of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is remarkably improved by using the aforementioned thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener. For example, migration of the curing agent from the film for forming a protective film to the adjacent support sheet can be suppressed, and a decrease in the thermosetting properties of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be effectively suppressed. Furthermore, since the thermosetting degree of the thin film for thermosetting protective film formation becomes high by heating, the pick-up property of the semiconductor wafer with a protective film mentioned later improves further.

作為前述熱活性潛在性環氧樹脂硬化劑,例如可舉出鎓鹽、二元酸醯肼、二氰二胺、硬化劑的胺加成物等。Examples of the thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent include onium salts, dibasic acid hydrazides, dicyandiamide, amine adducts of curing agents, and the like.

熱硬化劑(B2)之中,例如,多官能酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、雙環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等樹脂成分的數量平均分子量,係以300~30000為佳,以400~10000為較佳,以500~3000為特佳。 熱硬化劑(B2)之中,例如,聯苯酚、二氰二胺等非樹脂成分的分子量係沒有特別限定,例如,以60~500為佳。Among the thermosetting agents (B2), for example, the number average molecular weight of resin components such as polyfunctional phenol resins, novolak-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resins, and aralkylphenol resins is preferably 300 to 30,000 , 400~10000 is better, and 500~3000 is especially good. Among the thermosetting agents (B2), for example, the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, and is preferably 60-500, for example.

熱硬化劑(B2)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上、併用2種以上時、該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。A thermosetting agent (B2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together, When using 2 or more types together, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

在保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜,相對於環氧樹脂(B1)的含量100質量份,熱硬化劑(B2)的含量係以0.1~500質量份為佳,以1~200質量份為較佳。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的硬化係變為更容易進行。又,藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,能夠減低熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的吸濕率,而且使用保護膜形成用複合片而得到的組件之可靠性為進一步提升。In the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is 0.1 to 500 mass parts with respect to the content of 100 mass parts of the epoxy resin (B1). Parts are better, preferably 1 to 200 parts by mass. When the said content of a thermosetting agent (B2) is more than the said lower limit, hardening|curing of the thin film for thermosetting protective film formation will progress more easily. Moreover, when the said content of a thermosetting agent (B2) is below the said upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of the film for thermosetting protective film formation can be reduced, and the reliability of the module obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation can be reduced. for further improvement.

在保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜,相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,熱硬化性成分(B)的含量(例如環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量)係以1~100質量份為佳,以1.5~85質量份為較佳,以2~70質量份為特佳。藉由熱硬化性成分(B)的前述含量為此種範圍,能夠抑制保護膜與支撐片的接著力且支撐片的剝離性提升。In the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the content of the thermosetting component (B) (for example, epoxy resin The total content of (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2)) is preferably 1-100 parts by mass, more preferably 1.5-85 parts by mass, and most preferably 2-70 parts by mass. When the said content of a thermosetting component (B) is such a range, the adhesive force of a protective film and a support sheet can be suppressed, and the peelability of a support sheet can be improved.

[硬化促進劑(C)] 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜亦可含有硬化促進劑(C)。硬化促進劑(C)係用以調整保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)的硬化速度之成分。 作為較佳硬化促進劑(C),例如,可舉出三乙二胺、苄基二甲胺、三乙醇胺、二甲基胺基乙醇、參(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚等的第3級胺;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二羥甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥甲基咪唑等的咪唑類(亦即至少1個氫原子經氫原子以外的基取代之咪唑);三丁基膦、二苯基膦、三苯基膦等的有機膦類(亦即至少1個氫原子經有機基取代之膦);三苯基鏻四苯基硼酸鹽、三苯基膦四苯基硼酸鹽等的四苯基硼鹽等。[Hardening Accelerator (C)] The composition (III-1) for protective film formation and the film for thermosetting protective film formation may contain hardening accelerator (C). The hardening accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the hardening rate of the composition (III-1) for protective film formation. As a preferred hardening accelerator (C), for example, the third group of triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, ginseng(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, etc. Class amines; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dimethylolimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl -imidazoles such as 5-hydroxymethylimidazole (that is, imidazoles in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a group other than hydrogen atoms); organic phosphines such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, and triphenylphosphine ( That is, phosphine with at least one hydrogen atom substituted by an organic group); triphenylphosphonium tetraphenyl borate, tetraphenyl boron salt of triphenylphosphonium tetraphenyl borate, etc.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜所含有的硬化促進劑(C)可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The curing accelerator (C) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be 1 type or 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination of these And the ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

使用硬化促進劑(C)時,在保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜,硬化促進劑(C)的含量係相對於熱硬化性成分(B)的含量100質量份,以0.01~10質量份為佳,以0.1~5質量份為較佳。藉由硬化促進劑(C)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,藉由使用硬化促進劑(C)而得到的效果能夠更顯著。又,藉由硬化促進劑(C)的含量為前述上限值以下,例如,抑制高極性硬化促進劑(C)在高溫‧高濕度條件下且在熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜中往與被黏著物的接著界面側移動而偏析之效果變高,而且使用保護膜形成用複合片而得到的組件之可靠性為進一步提升。When the hardening accelerator (C) is used, the content of the hardening accelerator (C) is relative to the thermosetting component (B) in the protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film. The content is 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.01-10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1-5 parts by mass. When the said content of a hardening accelerator (C) is more than the said lower limit, the effect obtained by using a hardening accelerator (C) can become more remarkable. In addition, when the content of the hardening accelerator (C) is not more than the aforementioned upper limit, for example, the high-polarity hardening accelerator (C) is suppressed from interfering with the film for forming a thermosetting protective film under high temperature and high humidity conditions. The effect of segregation due to movement of the adhesive interface side of the adherend becomes higher, and the reliability of the device obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved.

[填充材(D)] 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜亦可含有填充材(D)。藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜為含有填充材(D),將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜硬化而得到的保護膜係容易調整熱膨脹係數,而且藉由使該熱膨脹係數對保護膜的形成對象物為最佳化,使用保護膜形成用複合片而得到的組件之可靠性為進一步提升。又,藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜為含有填充材(D),亦能夠使保護膜的吸濕率減低、或使放熱性提升。[Filler (D)] The composition (III-1) for protective film formation and the film for thermosetting protective film formation may contain a filler (D). By containing the filler (D) in the thermosetting protective film-forming film, the thermal expansion coefficient of the protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting protective film-forming film can be easily adjusted, and by making the thermal expansion coefficient of the protective film The object to be formed is optimized, and the reliability of the module obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved. Moreover, when the film for thermosetting protective film formation contains a filler (D), the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can also be reduced, and heat dissipation can be improved.

填充材(D)可為有機填充劑及無機填充劑之任一種,以無機填充劑為佳。 作為較佳無機填充材,例如可舉出氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、氧化鐵紅、碳化矽、氮化硼等的粉末;將該等無機填充劑球形化而成的珠粒;該等無機填充劑的表面改質品;該等無機填充劑的單結晶纖維;及玻璃纖維等。 該等之中,無機填充劑係以氧化矽或氧化鋁為佳。The filler (D) can be any of organic fillers and inorganic fillers, preferably inorganic fillers. Examples of preferable inorganic fillers include powders of silicon oxide, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, red iron oxide, silicon carbide, boron nitride, etc.; Beads; surface-modified products of such inorganic fillers; single crystal fibers of such inorganic fillers; and glass fibers, etc. Among them, the inorganic filler is preferably silicon oxide or aluminum oxide.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜所含有的填充劑(D)可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The filler (D) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination of these And the ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

使用填充材(D)時,在保護膜形成用組合物(III-1),相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量(保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)的總質量),填充材(D)的含量的比率(亦即相對於熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的總質量,填充材(D)的含量)係以5~80質量%為佳,以7~60質量%為較佳。藉由填充材(D)的含量為此種範圍,更容易調整上述的熱膨脹係數。When the filler (D) is used, in the protective film forming composition (III-1), relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent (the total mass of the protective film forming composition (III-1)), the filler The ratio of the content of (D) (that is, the content of the filler (D) to the total mass of the thermosetting protective film forming film) is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, and more preferably 7 to 60% by mass. good. When the content of the filler (D) is in such a range, it becomes easier to adjust the above-mentioned coefficient of thermal expansion.

[偶合劑(E)] 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜亦可含有偶合劑(E)。藉由使用能夠與無機化合物或有機化合物反應的官能基作為偶合劑(E),能夠使熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜對被黏著物的接著性及密著性提升。又,藉由使用偶合劑(E),將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜硬化而得到的保護膜不會損害耐熱性且耐水性提升。[Coupling agent (E)] The composition (III-1) for protective film formation and the film for thermosetting protective film formation may contain coupling agent (E). By using the functional group reactive with an inorganic compound or an organic compound as a coupling agent (E), the adhesiveness and adhesiveness of the film for thermosetting protective film formation to an adherend can be improved. Moreover, water resistance improves the protective film obtained by hardening the thin film for thermosetting protective film formation by using a coupling agent (E), without impairing heat resistance.

偶合劑(E)係以具有能夠與聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)等所具有的官能基反應之官能基之化合物為佳,以矽烷偶合劑為較佳。 作為較佳前述矽烷偶合劑,例如,可舉出3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)四硫烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the polymer component (A), thermosetting component (B), etc., preferably a silane coupling agent. As preferred aforementioned silane coupling agents, for example, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, propyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxy propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyl Diethoxysilane, 3-(anilino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureapropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane Silane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)tetrasulfane, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane Oxysilane, vinyltriacetyloxysilane, imidazole silane, etc.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜所含有的偶合劑(E)可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The coupling agent (E) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be 1 type, or 2 or more types, and when there are 2 or more types, the combination and The ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

使用偶合劑(E)時,在保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之偶合劑(E)的含量,係將聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)的總含量設為100質量份時,以0.03~20質量蔀為佳,以0.05~10質量份為較佳,以0.1~5質量份為特佳。藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,填充材(D)在樹脂的分散性提升、熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜與被黏著物的接著性提升等藉由使用偶合劑(E)所得到的效果係能夠更顯著。又,藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,能夠進一步抑制產生排氣。When the coupling agent (E) is used, the content of the coupling agent (E) in the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is a combination of the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting property. When the total content of the component (B) is 100 parts by mass, it is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and most preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass. When the aforementioned content of the coupling agent (E) is more than the aforementioned lower limit value, the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the resin is improved, and the adhesiveness between the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and an adherend is improved by using a coupling agent (E). The effect obtained by the mixture (E) can be more remarkable. Moreover, when the said content of a coupling agent (E) is below the said upper limit, generation|occurrence|production of outgassing can be suppressed further.

[交聯劑(F)] 作為聚合物成分(A),係使用上述丙烯酸系樹脂等具有能夠與其它化合物鍵結的乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等的官能基之物時,保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜亦可含有用以使前述官能基與其它化合物鍵結而交聯之交聯劑(F)。藉由使用交聯劑(F)而交聯,能夠調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的初期接著力及凝聚力。[Crosslinking agent (F)] As the polymer component (A), when using a functional group such as the above-mentioned acrylic resin, etc. , The protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may contain a crosslinking agent (F) for crosslinking the aforementioned functional group with another compound. By crosslinking using a crosslinking agent (F), the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the film for thermosetting protective film formation can be adjusted.

作為交聯劑(F),例如,可舉出有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬鉗合物系交聯劑(亦即具有金屬鉗合物構造的交聯劑)、吖環丙烷糸交聯劑(亦即具有吖環丙烷基的交聯劑)等。Examples of the crosslinking agent (F) include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (that is, crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine Cross-linking agent (that is, a cross-linking agent having an aziridine group) and the like.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,例如,可舉出芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物及脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物(以下,有將該等化合物彙總而略記為「芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物」等之情形);前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等的三聚物、異三聚氰酸酯體及加成物;使前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等與多元醇化合物反應而得到的末端異氰酸酯胺甲酸酯預聚合物等。前述「加成物」係意味著前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物、與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等含低分子活性氫的化合物之反應物,作為其例子,可舉出如後述之三羥甲基丙烷的苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物等。又,所謂「末端異氰酸酯胺甲酸酯預聚物」,係意味著具有胺甲酸酯鍵之同時,在分子的末端部具有異氰酸酯基之預聚合物。Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, and alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compounds (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as "aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds" etc. In the case of the above-mentioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, trimers, isocyanurate bodies, and adducts thereof; terminal isocyanate urethanes obtained by reacting the aforementioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc., with polyol compounds prepolymer, etc. The aforementioned "adduct" refers to the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compound, aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil, etc. Examples of the reactant of the low-molecular-weight active hydrogen-containing compound include a xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane, which will be described later, and the like. In addition, the term "isocyanate-terminated urethane prepolymer" means a prepolymer having an isocyanate group at the end of the molecule while having a urethane bond.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體地,例如,可舉出2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;三羥甲基丙烷等甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯及苯二甲基二異氰酸酯的任1種或2種以上附加在多元醇的全部或一部分的羥基而成之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。As the aforementioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, more specifically, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; Isocyanate; Diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; Diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-Methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; Hexamethylene diisocyanate; Isophorone Diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; toluene diisocyanate such as trimethylolpropane, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate A compound in which any one or two or more diisocyanates are added to all or part of the hydroxyl groups of a polyol; lysine diisocyanate, etc.

作為前述有機多元亞胺化合物,例如可舉出N,N'-二苯基甲烷-4,4'-雙(1-吖環丙烷羧醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-吖環丙烷基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-吖環丙烷基丙酸酯、N,N'-甲苯-2,4-雙(I-吖環丙烷羧醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺等。Examples of the aforementioned organic polyimine compound include N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri-β-acridine Cyclopropanyl propionate, Tetramethylolmethane-tri-β-aziridine propionate, N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(I-aziridine carboxamide) triethylene base melamine etc.

使用有機多元異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(F)時,係以使用含羥基的聚合物作為聚合物成分(A)為佳。交聯劑(F)具有異氰酸酯基且聚合物成分(A)具有羥基時,藉由交聯劑(F)與聚合物成分(A)反應,能夠簡便地將交聯結構導入至熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜。When using an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound as the crosslinking agent (F), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the polymer component (A). When the crosslinking agent (F) has an isocyanate group and the polymer component (A) has a hydroxyl group, by reacting the crosslinking agent (F) with the polymer component (A), it is possible to easily introduce a crosslinked structure into the thermosetting protection A thin film for film formation.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜所含有的交聯劑(F)可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The crosslinking agent (F) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.

使用交聯劑(F)時,在保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)之交聯劑(F)的含量,係相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,以0.01~20質量份為佳,以0.1~10質量份為較佳,以0.5~5質量份為特佳。藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,藉由使用交聯劑(F)而得到的效果能夠更顯著。又,藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,能夠抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜與支撐片的接著力、和熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜與半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的接著力過度地低落。 在本發明,係即便不使用交聯劑(F),亦能夠充分地得到本發明的效果。When using a crosslinking agent (F), the content of the crosslinking agent (F) in the protective film forming composition (III-1) is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the polymer component (A). Parts by mass are preferred, preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass. When the said content of a crosslinking agent (F) is more than the said lower limit, the effect obtained by using a crosslinking agent (F) can become more remarkable. Moreover, when the said content of a crosslinking agent (F) is below the said upper limit, the adhesive force of the film for thermosetting protective film formation and a support sheet, and the bonding force between the thin film for thermosetting protective film formation and a semiconductor wafer can be suppressed. Or the adhesive force of the semiconductor wafer is excessively low. In the present invention, even without using the crosslinking agent (F), the effects of the present invention can be sufficiently obtained.

[能量線硬化性樹脂(G)] 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)亦可含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)。熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜係藉由含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G),而能夠藉由照射能量線使特性產生變化。[energy ray curable resin (G)] The composition (III-1) for protective film formation may contain energy ray curable resin (G). The thin film for thermosetting protective film formation can change a characteristic by irradiation of an energy ray by containing an energy ray curable resin (G).

能量線硬化性樹脂(G)係能夠將能量線硬化性化合物聚合(硬化)而得到之物。 作為前述能量線硬化性化合物,例如,可舉出在分子內具有至少1個聚合性雙鍵之化合物,以具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物為佳。The energy ray-curable resin (G) can be obtained by polymerizing (curing) an energy ray-curable compound. Examples of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, preferably acrylate compounds having a (meth)acryl group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如,可舉出三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇一羥基五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含鏈狀脂肪族骨架的(甲基)丙烯酸酯;二(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等含環狀脂肪族骨架的(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等的聚烷二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯;寡聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;胺甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚物;環氧改性(甲基)丙烯酸酯;前述聚烷二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;伊康酸寡聚物等。Examples of the acrylate-based compounds include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetra(meth)acrylate, neopentylitol tri(meth)acrylate, Neopentylthritol tetra(meth)acrylate, Dineopentylthritol monohydroxypenta(meth)acrylate, Dineopentylthritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-Butanediol bis(meth)acrylate base) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate and other (meth)acrylates containing chain aliphatic skeleton; dicyclopentanyl di(meth)acrylate and other containing cycloaliphatic Skeleton (meth)acrylate; polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate such as polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate; oligoester (meth)acrylate; urethane (meth)acrylate ) acrylate oligomers; epoxy-modified (meth)acrylates; polyether (meth)acrylates other than the aforementioned polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates; itaconic acid oligomers, etc.

前述再能量線硬化性化合物的重量平均分子量係以100~30000為佳,以300~10000為較佳。The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound is preferably 100-30,000, more preferably 300-10,000.

在聚合所使用的前述能量線硬化性化合物可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The energy ray-curable compound used for polymerization may be 1 type, or 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)所含有的能量線硬化性樹脂(G)可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The energy ray-curable resin (G) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) may be one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected. .

在保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)之能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量,係相對於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)的總質量,以1~95質量%為佳,以2~90質量%為較佳,以3~85質量%為特佳。The content of the energy ray curable resin (G) in the protective film forming composition (III-1) is preferably 1 to 95% by mass relative to the total mass of the protective film forming composition (III-1). , preferably 2-90% by mass, particularly preferably 3-85% by mass.

[光聚合起始劑(H)] 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)係含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)時,為了使能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的聚合反應效率能夠良好地進行,亦可含有光聚合起始劑(H)。[Photopolymerization initiator (H)] When the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) contains an energy ray curable resin (G), in order to efficiently advance the polymerization reaction of the energy ray curable resin (G), a photopolymerization initiator may also be included. (H).

作為在保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)之光聚合起始劑(H),可舉出與在黏著劑組合物(I-1)之光聚合起始劑相同物。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the protective film forming composition (III-1) include the same ones as the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-1).

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)所含有的光聚合起始劑(H)可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in the protective film forming composition (III-1) may be one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected. .

在保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)之光聚合起始劑(H)的含量,係相對於能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量100質量份,以0.1~20質量份為佳,以l~10質量份為較佳,以2~5質量份為特佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the protective film forming composition (III-1) is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the energy ray curable resin (G), Preferably 1-10 parts by mass, particularly preferably 2-5 parts by mass.

[著色劑(I)] 護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜亦可含有著色劑(I)。 作為著色劑(I),例如,可舉出無機系顏料、有機系顏料、有機系染料等習知物。[Color (I)] The composition (III-1) for forming a protective film and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may contain a colorant (I). Examples of the colorant (I) include conventional ones such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.

作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可舉出胺鎓系色素、花青苷系色素、部花青素系色素、克酮鎓(croconium)系色素、角鯊烯鎓(squalium)系色素、薁鎓(azulenium)系色素、多次甲基(polymethine)系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞花青系色素、萘酞菁(naphthalocyanine)系色素、萘內醯胺(naphtholactam)系色素、偶氮系色素、縮合偶氮系色素、靛藍系色素、紫環酮(perinone)系色素、苝系色素、二㗁嗪系色素、喹吖酮(quinacridone)系色素、異吲哚滿酮系色素、喹啉黃(quinophthalone)系色素、吡咯系色素、硫靛藍(thioindigo)系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚酚系色素、三烯丙基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、二㗁嗪系色素、萘酚系色素、甲亞胺系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、吡蒽二酮(pyranthron)系色素及士林(threne)系色等。Examples of the aforementioned organic pigments and organic dyes include amine-based dyes, anthocyanin-based dyes, merocyanidin-based dyes, croconium-based dyes, and squalium-based dyes. , azulenium-based pigments, polymethine-based pigments, naphthoquinone-based pigments, pyrylium-based pigments, phthalocyanine-based pigments, naphthalocyanine-based pigments, naphthalolactamide ( naphtholactam) pigments, azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, indigo pigments, perinone pigments, perylene pigments, diazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, isoindoline Indolinone dyes, quinophthalone dyes, pyrrole dyes, thioindigo dyes, metal complex dyes (metal complex dyes), dithiol metal complex dyes, Indoxyl-based pigments, triallylmethane-based pigments, anthraquinone-based pigments, diazine-based pigments, naphthol-based pigments, imine-based pigments, benzimidazolone-based pigments, pyranthron Department of pigments and shilin (threne) color and so on.

作為前述無機系顏料,例如可舉出碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵索色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(氧化銦錫)系色素、ATO(氧化銻錫)系色素等。Examples of the aforementioned inorganic pigments include carbon black, cobalt-based pigments, ferric pigments, chromium-based pigments, titanium-based pigments, vanadium-based pigments, zirconium-based pigments, molybdenum-based pigments, ruthenium-based pigments, platinum-based pigments, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) based pigments, ATO (antimony tin oxide) based pigments, etc.

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜所含有的著色劑(I)可為1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。The coloring agent (I) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and The ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

使用著色劑(I)時,熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的著色劑(I)之含量,係按照目的而適當地調節即可。例如,保護膜係有藉由雷射照射而施行印字之情形,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的著色劑(I)含量且調節保護膜的光透射性,而能夠調節印字視認性。又,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的著色劑(I)含量,亦能夠使保護膜的圖案設計性提升、或使半導體晶圓的背面之磨削痕不容易看到。考慮此點時,相對於保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)之溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量,著色劑(I)的含量比率(亦即熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之著色劑(I)的含量)係以0.1~10質量%為佳,以0.1~7.5質量%為較佳,以0.1~5質量%為特佳。藉由著色劑(I)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,經由使用著色劑(I)而得到的效果能夠更顯著。又,藉由著色劑(I)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,能夠抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜的光透射性過度低落。When using a coloring agent (I), what is necessary is just to adjust content of the coloring agent (I) of the film for thermosetting protective film formation suitably according to the objective. For example, when a protective film is printed by laser irradiation, the visibility of printed characters can be adjusted by adjusting the content of the colorant (I) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film. . Moreover, by adjusting the coloring agent (I) content of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the pattern design property of a protective film can be improved, and the grinding mark on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer can also be made difficult to see. In consideration of this point, the content ratio of the coloring agent (I) (that is, the coloring agent of the thermosetting protective film forming film) is The content of (I)) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 7.5% by mass, and most preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass. When the said content of a coloring agent (I) is more than the said lower limit, the effect obtained by using a coloring agent (I) can become more remarkable. Moreover, when the said content of a coloring agent (I) is below the said upper limit, it can suppress that the light transmittance of the film for thermosetting protective film formation falls too much.

[泛用添加劑(J)] 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜,係在不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,亦可含有泛用添加劑(J)。 泛用添加劑(J)可為習知物,亦可按照目的而任意地選擇能夠,沒有特別限定,作為較佳之物,例如,可舉出可塑劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、除氣劑等。[Universal Additive (J)] The composition (III-1) for forming a protective film and the thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film may contain a general-purpose additive (J) within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. The general-purpose additive (J) can be a conventional one, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose. It is not particularly limited. As a preferable one, for example, a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, a degasser, etc. can be mentioned. .

保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜所含有的泛用添加劑(1)可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之泛用添加劑(1)的含量係沒有特別限定,按照目的而適當地選擇即可。The general-purpose additive (1) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily. The content of the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the general-purpose additive (1) of the thermosetting protective film-forming film is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose.

[溶劑] 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)係以進一步含有溶劑為佳。含有溶劑之保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)係能夠使操作性變為良好。 前述溶劑係沒有特別限定,作為較佳之物,例如,可舉出甲苯、二甲苯等的烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等的醇類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等的酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等的酮;四氫呋喃等的醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等的醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)所含有的溶劑可為只有1種,亦可為2種以上,2種以上時,該等的組合及比率係能夠任意地選擇。[solvent] The protective film forming composition (III-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The solvent-containing composition (III-1) for forming a protective film can improve handleability. The aforementioned solvent system is not particularly limited, and as preferred ones, for example, hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), 1 -Alcohols such as butanol; Esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; Ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; Ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; Dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc. Amides (compounds with amide bonds), etc. The solvent contained in the composition (III-1) for protective film formation may be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types, and when there are 2 or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

就能夠使保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)中的含有成分更均勻地混合而言,保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)所含有的溶劑係以甲基乙基酮等為佳。The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is preferably methyl ethyl ketone or the like in terms of allowing the components contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) to be more uniformly mixed. .

<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物的製造方法> 保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)等的熱硬化性保護膜形成用組合物,係能夠藉由調配用以構成該組合物之各成分而得到。 在調配各成分調配時之添加順序係沒有特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上的成分。 使用溶劑時,可將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合,藉由將該調配成分預先稀釋而使用,亦可不將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋,藉由將溶劑與該等調配成分進行混合而使用。 調配時混合各成分之方法係沒有特別限定,從使攪拌子或攪拌葉等旋轉而混合之方法;使用混合機而混合之方法;及施加超音波而混合之方法等習知的方法適當地選擇即可。 各成分的添加及混合時之溫度以及時間,係只要各調配成分不劣化,就沒有特別限定,適當地調節即可,溫度係以15~30℃為佳。<Method for producing thermosetting protective film-forming composition> The thermosetting protective film forming composition, such as the protective film forming composition (III-1), can be obtained by preparing each component which comprises this composition. The order of adding each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time. When using a solvent, the solvent may be mixed with any one of the prepared ingredients other than the solvent and used by diluting the prepared ingredients beforehand, or may be used without pre-diluting any of the prepared ingredients other than the solvent. Mixed and used. The method of mixing the ingredients during preparation is not particularly limited, and it can be appropriately selected from known methods such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirring bar or a stirring blade, a method of mixing by using a mixer, and a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves. That's it. The temperature and time of adding and mixing each component are not particularly limited as long as the components are not deteriorated, and can be adjusted appropriately. The temperature is preferably 15~30°C.

與本發明的保護膜形成用複合片同樣地,為了貼附在半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之與電路面為相反側的背面,作為支撐片上具備顯示接著性之層之複合片,係有切割晶片接合片。 但是,切割晶片接合片所具備的接著劑層,在與半導體晶片一起從支撐片被拾取之後,在將該半導體晶片安裝基板、導線框架、或其它半導體晶片等時達成作為接著劑的功能。另一方面,在本發明的保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用薄膜,就與半導體晶片一起從支撐片被拾取而言,係與前述接著劑層相同,但是最後藉由硬化而成為保護膜,係具有保護被貼附之半導體晶片的背面之功能。如此,在本發明之保護膜形成用薄膜與在切割晶片接合片之接著劑層,係用途不同且被要求的性能亦當然不同。而且,反映該用途的差異,相較於在切割晶片接合片之接著劑層,保護膜形成用薄膜係通常較硬且有拾取較困難之傾向。因而,將在切割晶片接合片之接著劑層,直接轉用作為在保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用薄膜,通常為困難的。本發明的保護膜形成用複合片係設為具備熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之物且要求關於附有保護膜的半導體晶片的拾取適性為優異之物。Like the protective film forming composite sheet of the present invention, in order to be attached to the semiconductor wafer or the back surface of the semiconductor wafer opposite to the circuit surface, as a composite sheet provided with a layer showing adhesiveness on the support sheet, a dicing wafer is used. splice sheet. However, the adhesive layer included in the dicing die-bonding sheet functions as an adhesive agent when the semiconductor wafer is mounted on a substrate, lead frame, or other semiconductor wafer, etc. after being picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor wafer. On the other hand, the film for forming a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is the same as the above-mentioned adhesive layer in terms of being picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor wafer, but finally becomes a protective layer by curing. The film has the function of protecting the back side of the attached semiconductor chip. In this way, the protective film forming film of the present invention and the adhesive layer of the dicing die-bonding sheet have different applications, and of course required performances are also different. And, reflecting the difference in the application, compared with the adhesive layer on the dicing die-bonding sheet, the thin film for protective film formation is generally harder and tends to be more difficult to pick up. Therefore, it is generally difficult to directly transfer the adhesive layer on the dicing die-bonding sheet to the film for protective film formation on the composite sheet for protective film formation. The composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention is provided with the thin film for thermosetting protective film formation, and is required to be excellent in pick-up suitability with respect to the semiconductor wafer with a protective film.

◇保護膜形成用複合片的製造方法 本發明的保護膜形成用複合片,係能夠以成為對應上述各層的位置關係之方式依次層積而製造。各層的形成方法係如前面已說明。 例如,在製造支撐片時,將黏著劑層層積在基材上時,係將上述黏著劑組合物塗佈在基材上且按照必要使其乾燥即可。◇Manufacturing method of composite sheet for protective film formation The composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention can be manufactured by laminating|stacking sequentially so that it may become the positional relationship corresponding to each layer mentioned above. The method of forming each layer is as described above. For example, when laminating an adhesive layer on a base material at the time of manufacturing a support sheet, what is necessary is just to coat the said adhesive agent composition on a base material, and to dry it as needed.

另一方面,例如進一步將保護膜形成用薄膜層積在基材上層積完畢的黏著劑層上時,係將保護膜形成用組合物塗佈在黏著劑層上而能夠直接形成保護膜形成用薄膜。保護膜形成用薄膜以外之層,亦可使用用以形成該層之組合物且使用同樣的方法而能夠將該層層積在黏著劑層上。如此,使用任一種組合物而形成連續的2層積層結構時,係進一步將組合物塗佈在由前述組合物所形成之層上而能夠形成新層。 但是,該等2層之中,較佳是較後層積之層係預先使用前述組合物形成在另外的剝離膜上,藉由將該形成完畢的層之與前述剝離膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面,與已經形成完畢之剩餘的層的露出面貼合來形成連續2層的積層結構。此時,前述組合物係以塗佈在剝離膜的剝離處理面為佳。剝離膜係形成積層結構後,按照必要而除去即可。On the other hand, for example, when the protective film forming film is further laminated on the adhesive layer that has been laminated on the substrate, the protective film forming composition can be coated on the adhesive layer to directly form the protective film forming film. film. The layer other than the film for protective film formation can also use the composition for forming this layer, and this layer can be laminated|stacked on an adhesive agent layer by the same method. In this way, when forming a continuous two-layer laminated structure using any of the compositions, a new layer can be formed by further applying the composition on the layer formed from the aforementioned composition. However, among these two layers, it is preferable that the layer laminated later is formed on another release film using the aforementioned composition in advance, and the side of the formed layer that is in contact with the aforementioned release film is reversed. The exposed surface of the side is bonded to the exposed surface of the remaining layer that has already been formed to form a laminated structure of two consecutive layers. In this case, the aforementioned composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. After the release film forms a laminated structure, it may be removed as necessary.

例如,製造將黏著劑層層積在基材上且將保護膜形成用薄膜層積在前述黏著劑層上而成之保護膜形成用複合片(支撐片為基材及黏著劑層的積層物之保護膜形成用複合片)時,係藉由將黏著劑組合物塗佈在基材上,依照必要使其乾燥,而預先使黏著劑層層積在基材上,另外藉由將保護膜形成用組合物塗佈在剝離膜上,依照必要使其乾燥而預先將保護膜形成用薄膜形成在剝離膜上。然後,藉由將該保護膜形成用薄膜的露出面與在基材上層積完畢的黏著劑層的露出面貼合而將保護膜形成用薄膜層積在黏著劑層上,而能夠得到保護膜形成用複合片。For example, a composite sheet for protective film formation in which an adhesive layer is laminated on a base material and a film for forming a protective film is laminated on the adhesive layer (the support sheet is a laminate of the base material and the adhesive layer) In the case of a composite sheet for forming a protective film), the adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate in advance by applying the adhesive composition on the substrate and drying it as necessary, and by applying the protective film The composition for formation is applied on the release film, and dried as necessary to form a thin film for forming a protective film on the release film in advance. Then, the protective film can be obtained by laminating the protective film forming film on the adhesive layer by bonding the exposed surface of the protective film forming film to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate. A composite sheet is formed.

又,將黏著劑層層積在基材上時,係如上述,亦可將黏著劑組合物塗佈在剝離膜上來代替將黏著劑組合物塗佈在基材上之方法,依照必要使其乾燥而預先將黏著劑層形成在剝離膜上,而且藉由將該層的露出面與基材的一表面貼合,而將黏著劑層層積在基材上。 任一種方法,剝離膜均是在形成目標積層結構後的任意時序除去即可。Also, when laminating the adhesive layer on the substrate, as described above, the adhesive composition may be applied to the release film instead of the method of applying the adhesive composition to the substrate, and the The adhesive layer is formed in advance on the release film by drying, and the adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate by bonding the exposed surface of the layer to one surface of the substrate. In either method, the peeling film may be removed at any timing after forming the target laminated structure.

如此,因為構成保護膜形成用複合片之基材以外的層係任一種層均能夠使用預先形成在剝離膜上而貼合在目標層的表面之方法而層積,所以依照必要而適當地選擇採取此種步驟之層而製造保護膜形成用複合片即可。In this way, any layer other than the base material constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be laminated by using a method of forming a release film in advance and sticking it to the surface of the target layer, so it is appropriately selected as necessary. What is necessary is just to manufacture the composite sheet for protective film formation by taking the layer of such a procedure.

又,保護膜形成用複合片係通常能夠在剝離膜貼合在與其支撐片為相反側的最表層(例如保護膜形成用薄膜)表面之狀態下保管。因而,藉由將保護膜形成用組合物等用以形成構成最表層之層的組合物塗佈在該剝離膜(較佳是其剝離處理面)上,依照必要使其乾燥而預先在剝離膜上形成構成最表層之層,且將剩餘的各層使用上述的任一種方法層積在該層之與剝離膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面上,即便不將剝離膜除去,亦能夠在貼合的狀態下得到保護膜形成用複合片。Moreover, the composite sheet for protective film formation can normally be stored in the state which bonded the peeling film to the surface of the outermost layer (for example, the film for protective film formation) on the opposite side to the support sheet. Therefore, by applying a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a protective film-forming composition, on the release film (preferably, its release-treated surface), drying it as necessary, the release film is preliminarily coated. The layer constituting the outermost layer is formed on the top layer, and the remaining layers are laminated on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film by any of the above methods. Even if the release film is not removed, it can be attached In the combined state, a composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

◎附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法 本發明之附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法,係包含下列步驟: 將半導體晶圓層積在保護膜形成用複合片的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之側而製造積層體之步驟; 對前述積層體的半導體晶圓的內部照射雷射光而在前述半導體晶圓的內部形成改質層之步驟; 將前述積層體的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化而作為保護膜之步驟;及 將前述積層體在低於常溫的溫度進行冷擴展而將前述半導體晶圓、及前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜或前述保護膜進行分割之步驟。 而且,前述製造方法亦可包含藉由將分割後的前述半導體晶圓,與層積在前述半導體晶圓之保護膜一起從前述支撐片剝離而拾取而得到附有保護膜的半導體晶片。◎Manufacturing method of semiconductor wafer with protective film The manufacturing method of the semiconductor wafer with protective film of the present invention comprises the following steps: A step of laminating semiconductor wafers on the protective film forming composite sheet on the side of the aforementioned thermosetting protective film forming thin film to produce a laminate; A step of irradiating the inside of the semiconductor wafer of the laminate with laser light to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer; a step of heating and hardening the aforementioned thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film of the aforementioned laminate to form a protective film; and A step of cold-expanding the laminate at a temperature lower than normal temperature to divide the semiconductor wafer, the thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film, or the protective film. Furthermore, the manufacturing method may include obtaining a semiconductor wafer with a protective film by peeling the divided semiconductor wafer together with the protective film laminated on the semiconductor wafer from the support sheet and picking it up.

本發明之附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法亦可依序具備下列步驟:在將半導體晶圓層積在保護膜形成用複合片的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之側而成為積層體之步驟之後,對前述積層體的前述半導體晶圓內部照射雷射光而將改質層形成在前述半導體晶圓的內部之步驟;將前述積層體在低於常溫的溫度進行冷擴展而將前述半導體晶圓及前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行分割之步驟;及將前述積層體的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化而成為保護膜之步驟。使用第3圖而說明該附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法之例子。The method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film according to the present invention may also include the steps of laminating the semiconductor wafer on the side of the aforementioned thermosetting protective film forming thin film of the protective film forming composite sheet to form a laminated film. After the step of bulking, the step of irradiating laser light to the inside of the aforementioned semiconductor wafer of the aforementioned laminated body to form a modified layer inside the aforementioned semiconductor wafer; performing cold expansion of the aforementioned laminated body at a temperature lower than normal temperature to a step of dividing the semiconductor wafer and the thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film; and a step of heating and curing the thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film of the laminate to form a protective film. An example of the method of manufacturing the semiconductor wafer with a protective film will be described using FIG. 3 .

首先,將半導體晶圓18的背面磨削成為所需要的厚度之後,將背面磨削後的半導體晶圓18的背面貼附在保護膜形成用複合片2的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23之同時,將保護膜形成用複合片2固定在環狀框17(第3圖(a))。在半導體晶圓18表面(電極形成面)貼附有背面研磨帶720時,係將半導體晶圓18從該背面研磨帶20除去。First, after the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 18 is ground to a desired thickness, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 18 after the back grinding is attached to the thermosetting protective film forming film 23 of the protective film forming composite sheet 2. At the same time, the composite sheet 2 for protective film formation is fixed to the ring frame 17 (FIG. 3(a)). When the back grinding tape 720 is attached to the surface (electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer 18 , the semiconductor wafer 18 is removed from the back grinding tape 20 .

其次,從保護膜形成用複合片2之側,以聚束在半導體晶圓18的內部所設定的焦點之方式照射雷射光(SD),而將改質層18c形成在半導體晶圓18的內部(第3圖(b))。在此,按照必要從支撐片10之側照射雷射光而進行雷射印字。其次,將形成有該改質層且背面係貼附有保護膜形成用複合片2之半導體晶圓18與該保護膜形成用複合片2一起往保護膜形成用複合片的平面方向進行冷擴展(CE),而將硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜割斷之同時,在改質層18c的部位將半導體晶圓18分割且個片化(第3圖(c))。在此,依照必要而從支撐片10之側照射紅外線雷射光而進行紅外線檢查。Next, from the side of the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film, laser light (SD) is irradiated so as to focus on the focus set inside the semiconductor wafer 18 to form the modified layer 18c inside the semiconductor wafer 18. (Figure 3(b)). Here, laser printing is performed by irradiating laser light from the side of the support sheet 10 as necessary. Next, the semiconductor wafer 18 on which the modified layer is formed and the protective film forming composite sheet 2 is attached on the back is cold expanded in the plane direction of the protective film forming composite sheet together with the protective film forming composite sheet 2 (CE), while cutting the thin film for forming a curable protective film, the semiconductor wafer 18 is divided and individualized at the portion of the modified layer 18 c ( FIG. 3 ( c )). Here, infrared inspection is performed by irradiating infrared laser light from the side of the support sheet 10 as necessary.

本發明的保護膜形成用複合片2,係藉由支撐片10的基材11在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上,基材11的耐寒性變為良好,而藉由在低於常溫的溫度進行冷擴展(CE),支撐片10的基材11不會破裂。In the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film of the present invention, the loss positive connection (tan δ) of the base material 11 of the support sheet 10 at -15° C. is 0.05 or more, the cold resistance of the base material 11 becomes good, and by The base material 11 of the support sheet 10 will not be cracked by performing cold expansion (CE) at room temperature.

而且,將支撐片10、經個片化的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23、及經個片化的半導體晶片19的積層體加熱使熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23硬化而成為保護膜23'(第3圖(d))。Then, the laminate of the support sheet 10, the individualized thermosetting protective film forming film 23, and the individualized semiconductor wafer 19 is heated to harden the thermosetting protective film forming film 23 to form a protective film. 23' (Fig. 3(d)).

本發明的保護膜形成用複合片2,係藉由支撐片10的基材11在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上,即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23加熱硬化的條件下,支撐片10不會彎曲,而且即便在微小的間隙,將支撐片10、經個片化的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23、及經個片化的半導體晶片19之積層體在多數重疊的狀態下,將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23進行加熱硬化,亦能夠防止支撐片10與其下側之另外的半導體晶片19接觸。In the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film of the present invention, the base material 11 of the support sheet 10 has a storage elastic modulus (G') of 35.0 MPa or more at 80° C. Under the condition of heating and hardening, the support sheet 10 will not bend, and even in a small gap, the support sheet 10, the thin film 23 for forming a thermosetting protective film that has been singulated, and the semiconductor wafer 19 that has been singulated are separated. The thermosetting protective film forming thin film 23 is heated and cured in a state where many laminates are stacked, and it is also possible to prevent the support sheet 10 from contacting the other semiconductor wafer 19 on the lower side.

最後,藉由從支撐片10,將半導體晶片19與貼附在其背面的保護膜23'一起剝離而拾取,而得到附保護膜23'的半導體晶片19(第3圖(e))。例如,支撐片10係將基材11及黏著劑層12層積而成,前述黏著劑層12為能量線硬化性之物時,藉由照射能量線使黏著劑層12硬化且從該硬化後的黏著劑層12,將半導體晶片19與貼附在其背面的保護膜23'一起拾取,能夠更容易地得到附保護膜23'的半導體晶片19。Finally, the semiconductor wafer 19 with the protective film 23' attached to the back surface is peeled and picked up from the support sheet 10 to obtain the semiconductor wafer 19 with the protective film 23' (FIG. 3(e)). For example, the support sheet 10 is formed by laminating a base material 11 and an adhesive layer 12. When the adhesive layer 12 is an energy ray curable material, the adhesive layer 12 is cured by irradiating energy rays, and the cured adhesive layer 12 is cured. The adhesive layer 12 is used to pick up the semiconductor wafer 19 together with the protective film 23 ′ affixed on its back, and the semiconductor wafer 19 with the protective film 23 ′ can be obtained more easily.

在第3圖,已說明使用具有治具用接著劑層16的保護膜形成用複合片2之附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法的例子,使用不具有治具用接著劑層16的保護膜形成用複合片1之附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法的例子亦同樣。In FIG. 3 , an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film using a protective film-forming composite sheet 2 having an adhesive layer 16 for a jig has been described, and a protective film without an adhesive layer 16 for a jig is used. The same applies to the example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film of the composite sheet 1 for film formation.

又,在第3圖,從保護膜形成用複合片2之側,以聚束在設定在半導體晶圓18的內部的焦點之方式照射雷射光(SD)而在半導體晶圓18的內部形成改質層,但是不限定於此,亦可依序具備形成前述改質層之步驟;成為前述積層體之步驟;前述分割之步驟;及成為前述保護膜之步驟,具體而言,係例如亦可在貼附有背面研磨帶20之半導體晶圓18的內部形成改質層,且將保護膜形成用複合片2貼附在形成有改質層之半導體晶圓18。隨後,從支撐片10之側照射雷射光而進行雷射印字且藉由冷擴展(CE)、熱硬化、紅外線檢查、及拾取,而能夠得到附保護膜23'的半導體晶片19。Also, in FIG. 3 , from the side of the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film, laser light (SD) is irradiated so as to focus on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 18 to form a modification in the inside of the semiconductor wafer 18. The modified layer, but not limited thereto, may also include the step of forming the aforementioned modified layer; the step of becoming the aforementioned laminate; the aforementioned step of dividing; and the step of becoming the aforementioned protective film. A modified layer is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 18 on which the back grinding tape 20 is attached, and the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film is attached to the semiconductor wafer 18 on which the modified layer is formed. Subsequently, laser printing is performed by irradiating laser light from the side of the support sheet 10 , cold expansion (CE), thermal curing, infrared inspection, and picking are performed to obtain a semiconductor wafer 19 with a protective film 23 ′.

本發明之附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法,亦可依序具備下列步驟:在將半導體晶圓層積在保護膜形成用複合片的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之側而成為積層體之步驟之後,將前述積層體的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化而成為保護膜之步驟;對半導體晶圓內部照射雷射光而在半導體晶圓內部形成改質層之步驟;及將前述積層體在低於常溫的溫度進行冷擴展而將前述半導體晶圓、及前述保護膜分割之步驟。使用第4圖而說明該附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法之例子。The method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film according to the present invention may also include the steps of laminating the semiconductor wafer on the side of the aforementioned thermosetting protective film forming thin film of the protective film forming composite sheet to form a After the step of the laminate, the step of heating and hardening the thin film for forming the thermosetting protective film of the laminate to form a protective film; the step of irradiating the inside of the semiconductor wafer with laser light to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer ; and the step of cold-expanding the above-mentioned laminated body at a temperature lower than normal temperature to divide the above-mentioned semiconductor wafer and the above-mentioned protective film. An example of the manufacturing method of this semiconductor wafer with a protective film is demonstrated using FIG. 4. FIG.

首先,將半導體晶圓18的背面磨削成為所需要的厚度之後,在將背面磨削後的半導體晶圓18之背面貼附在保護膜形成用複合片2的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23之同時,將保護膜形成用複合片2固定在環狀框17(第4圖(a))。在半導體晶圓18表面(電極形成面)貼附有背面研磨帶20時,係將該背面研磨帶20從半導體晶圓18除去。First, after the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 18 is ground to a desired thickness, the thermosetting protective film forming film is attached to the protective film forming composite sheet 2 on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 18 after the back grinding. At the same time as 23, the protective film forming composite sheet 2 is fixed to the annular frame 17 (FIG. 4(a)). When the back grinding tape 20 is attached to the surface (electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer 18 , the back grinding tape 20 is removed from the semiconductor wafer 18 .

其次,將由支撐片10、熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23及半導體晶圓18所構成之積層體加熱而使熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23加熱硬化而成為保護膜23'(第4圖(b))。Next, the laminate composed of the support sheet 10, the thin film 23 for forming a thermosetting protective film, and the semiconductor wafer 18 is heated to heat and harden the thin film 23 for forming a thermosetting protective film to form a protective film 23' (Fig. (b)).

本發明的保護膜形成用複合片2係藉由支撐片10的基材11在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上,即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23進行加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片10亦不會彎曲,而且即便在微小的間隙,將支撐片10、熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23、及半導體晶圓18的積層體多數重疊的狀態下,將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23進行加熱硬化,亦能夠防止支撐片10與其下側之另外的半導體晶圓18接觸。In the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film of the present invention, the base material 11 of the support sheet 10 has a storage elastic modulus (G') of 35.0 MPa or more at 80° C. Under heat curing conditions, the support sheet 10 does not bend, and even in a small gap, in the state where the support sheet 10, the thin film 23 for forming a thermosetting protective film, and the laminated body of the semiconductor wafer 18 are mostly stacked, Heat-curing the thermosetting protective film-forming thin film 23 can also prevent the support sheet 10 from coming into contact with another semiconductor wafer 18 on the lower side.

而且,從保護膜23'側,以聚束在半導體晶圓18的內部所設定的焦點之方式照射雷射光(SD),而將改質層18c形成在半導體晶圓18的內部(第4圖(c))。在此,按照必要從支撐片10之側照射雷射光而進行雷射印字。其次,將形成有該改質層18c且背面係貼附有保護膜形成用複合片2之半導體晶圓18與該保護膜形成用複合片2一起往保護膜形成用複合片的平面方向進行冷擴展(CE),而將保護膜23'割斷之同時,在改質層18c的部位將半導體晶圓18分割且個片化(第4圖(d))。在此,按照必要而從支撐片10之側照射紅外線雷射光而進行紅外線檢查。Then, from the protective film 23' side, laser light (SD) is irradiated so as to focus on the focus set inside the semiconductor wafer 18, and the modified layer 18c is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 18 (FIG. (c)). Here, laser printing is performed by irradiating laser light from the side of the support sheet 10 as necessary. Next, the semiconductor wafer 18 on which the modified layer 18c is formed and the protective film forming composite sheet 2 is attached on the back is cooled in the plane direction of the protective film forming composite sheet 2 together with the protective film forming composite sheet 2. Expanding (CE), the protective film 23 ′ is cut, and the semiconductor wafer 18 is divided and individualized at the portion of the modified layer 18 c ( FIG. 4 ( d )). Here, infrared inspection is performed by irradiating infrared laser light from the side of the support sheet 10 as necessary.

本發明的保護膜形成用複合片2,係藉由支撐片10的基材11在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上,基材11的耐寒性變為良好,而藉由在低於常溫的溫度進行冷擴展(CE),支撐片10的基材11不會破裂。In the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film of the present invention, the loss positive connection (tan δ) of the base material 11 of the support sheet 10 at -15° C. is 0.05 or more, the cold resistance of the base material 11 becomes good, and by The base material 11 of the support sheet 10 will not be cracked by performing cold expansion (CE) at room temperature.

最後,藉由從支撐片10,將半導體晶片19與貼附在其背面的保護膜23'一起剝離而拾取,而得到附保護膜23'的半導體晶片19(第4圖(e))。例如,支撐片10係將基材11及黏著劑層12層積而成,前述黏著劑層12為能量線硬化性之物時,藉由照射能量線使黏著劑層12硬化且從該硬化後的黏著劑層12,將半導體晶片19與貼附在其背面的保護膜23'一起拾取,能夠得到附保護膜23'的半導體晶片19。Finally, the semiconductor wafer 19 with the protective film 23' attached to the back surface is peeled off and picked up from the support sheet 10 to obtain the semiconductor wafer 19 with the protective film 23' (FIG. 4(e)). For example, the support sheet 10 is formed by laminating a base material 11 and an adhesive layer 12. When the adhesive layer 12 is an energy ray curable material, the adhesive layer 12 is cured by irradiating energy rays, and the cured adhesive layer 12 is cured. The adhesive layer 12 is used to pick up the semiconductor wafer 19 together with the protective film 23 ′ attached to the back surface thereof, and the semiconductor wafer 19 with the protective film 23 ′ can be obtained.

在本發明之附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法,各步驟的順序係不被上述的順序限定,亦可在加熱硬化之後,從支撐片之側照射雷射光而進行雷射印字之後,進行冷擴展(CE)。按照必要藉由照射能量線使黏著劑層12硬化之後,將附保護膜23'的半導體晶片19拾取即可。 本發明之附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法亦可依序具備下列步驟:形成前述改質層之步驟;製造前述積層體之步驟;成為前述保護膜之步驟;及進行前述分割之步驟;亦可依序具備下列步驟:製造前述積層體步驟;形成前述改質層之步驟;及成為前述保護膜之步驟。In the method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film of the present invention, the order of each step is not limited to the above-mentioned order, and after heating and curing, laser light is irradiated from the side of the support sheet to carry out laser printing, and then Cold Extension (CE). After hardening the adhesive layer 12 by irradiating energy rays as necessary, the semiconductor wafer 19 with the protective film 23 ′ can be picked up. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film according to the present invention may also include the following steps in sequence: the step of forming the aforementioned modified layer; the step of manufacturing the aforementioned laminate; the step of forming the aforementioned protective film; and the step of performing the aforementioned division; The following steps may also be included in order: the step of manufacturing the aforementioned laminate; the step of forming the aforementioned modified layer; and the step of forming the aforementioned protective film.

◎半導體裝置的製造方法 以後,係能夠使用與先前法同樣的方法,將所得到之附有保護膜的半導體晶片,在貼附有該保護膜的狀態下,在基板的電路面連接倒裝晶片(Flip Chip)後,作為半導體組件。而且使用該半導體組件而製造目標半導體裝置即可。◎Semiconductor device manufacturing method Afterwards, the same method as the previous method can be used to connect the obtained semiconductor wafer with a protective film to the circuit surface of the substrate in the state where the protective film is attached. as a semiconductor component. Furthermore, it is only necessary to manufacture a target semiconductor device using this semiconductor module.

作為一態樣,本發明的保護膜形成用複合片,係包含具有基材及黏著劑層之支撐片;及在前述支撐片上所具備的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜; 該保護膜形成用複合片係依序將前述基材、前述黏著劑層及前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜層積而成; 前述基材係具有下列之特性:在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上、較佳為0.06以上且0.09以下,且 在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上、較佳為60MPa以上且150MPa以下; 前述基材係具有下列特性:以前述基材MD方向或CD方向成為長邊方向之方式切取長邊110mm×短邊22mm,以加熱前的測定間距離成為約100mm之方式且在負荷2.2g的荷重之狀態下於130℃加熱2小時,隨後放冷而測定於23℃將加熱後的測定間距離作為L1 測定時, 將前述基材的MD方向作為長邊而切取時及將前述基材的CD方向作為長邊而切取時之任一者均是式(1)表示之熱伸縮率X為-3%以上且+3%以下、較佳為0~2.2%; 前述基材係較佳是由含柔軟成分的聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯所構成之薄膜、由聚丙烯(PP)與烯烴系熱可塑性彈性體(TPO)的混合樹脂所構成之3層的透明膜、或聚乙烯(PE)/聚丙烯(PP)/聚乙烯(PE)的3層透明膜; 前述黏著劑層係較佳為非能量線硬化性; 前述黏著劑層係較佳是由含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物(將丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、甲基丙烯酸甲酯及丙烯酸2-羥乙酯10共聚合而得到的共聚物)、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、及交聯劑之黏著劑組合物所形成; 前述保護膜形成用薄膜係較佳是由含有聚合物成分(較佳是將丙烯酸甲酯及丙烯酸2-羥乙酯共聚合而成之丙烯酸系聚合物)、環氧樹脂(較佳為雙酚A型環氧樹脂及雙環戊二烯型環氧樹脂)、硬化劑(較佳為熱活性潛在性環氧樹脂硬化劑)、效果促進劑(較佳為2-苯基-4,5-二羥甲基咪唑)、填充劑(較佳為氧化矽填料)、偶合劑(較佳為矽烷偶合劑)、及著色劑(較佳為三色混合顏料)之保護膜形成用組合物所形成。 而且,前述保護膜形成用複合片之基材厚度係以15~300μm為佳,以50~200μm為佳,以60~150μm為較佳,以70~100μm為特佳; 前述黏著劑層之厚度,係以3~20μm為佳,以10~15μm為較佳; 前述保護膜形成用薄膜之厚度,係以1~100μm為佳,以5~75μm為較佳,以5~50μm為更佳,以5~30μm為特佳。 [實施例]As an aspect, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention includes a support sheet having a base material and an adhesive layer; and a thermosetting film for forming a protective film provided on the support sheet; The composite sheet is formed by sequentially laminating the aforementioned base material, the aforementioned adhesive layer, and the aforementioned thermosetting protective film forming film; the aforementioned base material has the following characteristics: the loss positive connection (tanδ) at -15°C is 0.05 above, preferably above 0.06 and below 0.09, and the storage elastic modulus (G') at 80°C is above 35.0MPa, preferably above 60MPa and below 150MPa; Cut the long side 110mm x short side 22mm so that the MD direction or CD direction becomes the long side direction, heat at 130°C for 2 hours under a load of 2.2g in such a way that the measurement distance before heating becomes about 100mm, and then Let cool and measure at 23°C, and measure the distance between measurements after heating as L1 , when cutting out the MD direction of the above-mentioned substrate as the long side, or when cutting out the CD direction of the above-mentioned substrate as the long side Both of them are that the thermal expansion rate X represented by formula (1) is more than -3% and less than +3%, preferably 0~2.2%; the aforementioned substrate is preferably made of polybutylene terephthalate containing soft components A film made of diester, a three-layer transparent film made of a blended resin of polypropylene (PP) and olefin-based thermoplastic elastomer (TPO), or polyethylene (PE)/polypropylene (PP)/polyethylene (PE) 3-layer transparent film; the aforementioned adhesive layer is preferably non-energy ray curable; the aforementioned adhesive layer is preferably made of (meth)acrylate copolymer (2-ethylhexyl acrylate , methyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate 10 copolymers obtained by copolymerization), bisphenol A type epoxy resin, and an adhesive composition of a cross-linking agent are formed; the film system for forming the protective film It is preferably an acrylic polymer containing a polymer component (preferably an acrylic polymer formed by copolymerizing methyl acrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate), epoxy resin (preferably bisphenol A type epoxy resin and bicyclic pentadiene type epoxy resin), hardener (preferably thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener), effect accelerator (preferably 2-phenyl-4,5-dimethylolimidazole), filler A protective film-forming composition of an agent (preferably a silica filler), a coupling agent (preferably a silane coupling agent), and a colorant (preferably a three-color mixed pigment). Moreover, the thickness of the base material of the composite sheet for forming the protective film is preferably 15-300 μm, preferably 50-200 μm, more preferably 60-150 μm, and particularly preferably 70-100 μm; the thickness of the aforementioned adhesive layer , is preferably 3-20 μm, more preferably 10-15 μm; the thickness of the protective film forming film is preferably 1-100 μm, more preferably 5-75 μm, more preferably 5-50 μm, 5~30μm is particularly preferred. [Example]

以下,藉由具體的實施例,而更詳細地說明本發明。但是本發明係完全不被以下顯示之實施例限定。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited at all by the Examples shown below.

[實施例1] <保護膜形成用複合片的製造> (保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)的製造) 將保護膜形成用組合物的製造所使用的成分顯示在以下。 ‧聚合物成分 (A):將丙烯酸甲酯90質量份、丙烯酸2-羥乙酯10質量份共聚合而成之丙烯酸系聚合物(重量平均分子量:40萬) ‧環氧樹脂 (B1)-1:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製jER828、環氧當量184~194g /eq) (B1)-2:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製jER1055、環氧當量800~900g/eq) (B1)-3:雙環戊二烯型環氧樹脂(DIC公司製Epiclon HP-7200HH、環氧當量255~260g /eq) ‧硬化劑 (B2):熱活性潛在性環氧樹脂硬化劑(二氰二胺(三菱化學公司製DICY7活性氫量21g /eq)) ‧硬化促進劑 (C):2-苯基-4,5-二羥甲基咪唑(四國化成工業公司製CUREZOLE 2PHZ) ‧填充材 (D)氧化矽填料(ADMATECHS公司製SC205G-MMQ平均粒徑0.3μmm) ‧偶合劑 (E):矽烷偶合劑(信越化學工業公司製X-41-1056) ‧著色劑 (I):三色混合顏料(山陽色素公司製D1201M、固體成分濃度30%)[Example 1] <Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation> (Manufacture of protective film forming composition (III-1)) The components used for manufacture of the composition for protective film formation are shown below. ‧Polymer composition (A): An acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerizing 90 parts by mass of methyl acrylate and 10 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (weight average molecular weight: 400,000) ‧Epoxy resin (B1)-1: Bisphenol A type epoxy resin (jER828 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent 184~194g/eq) (B1)-2: Bisphenol A type epoxy resin (jER1055 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent 800~900g/eq) (B1)-3: Dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin (Epiclon HP-7200HH manufactured by DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent 255~260g/eq) ‧hardener (B2): thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener (dicyandiamide (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation DICY7 active hydrogen content 21g/eq)) ‧Hardening Accelerator (C): 2-phenyl-4,5-dimethylolimidazole (CUREZOLE 2PHZ manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ‧Filler (D) Silica filler (SC205G-MMQ manufactured by ADMATECHS Co., Ltd. with an average particle diameter of 0.3 μmm) ‧Coupling agent (E): Silane coupling agent (X-41-1056 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ‧Colorant (I): Three-color mixed pigment (D1201M manufactured by Sanyo Pigment Co., Ltd., solid content concentration 30%)

將聚合物成分(A)、環氧樹脂(B1)-1、環氧樹脂(B1)-2、環氧樹脂(B1)-3、硬化劑(B2)、硬化促進劑(C)、填充材(D)、偶合劑(E)及著色劑(I),以該等含量(固體成分量、質量份)成為150/60/10/30/2/2/320/2/1.2之方式溶解或分散在甲基乙基酮且藉由於23℃攪拌,來調製固體成分濃度為50質量%之保護膜形成用組合物(III-1)。Polymer component (A), epoxy resin (B1)-1, epoxy resin (B1)-2, epoxy resin (B1)-3, hardener (B2), hardening accelerator (C), filler (D), coupling agent (E) and coloring agent (I) are dissolved in such a manner that the contents (solid content, parts by mass) become 150/60/10/30/2/2/320/2/1.2 or It was dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to prepare a protective film-forming composition (III-1) having a solid content concentration of 50% by mass.

(黏著劑組合物(I-4)的製造) 將在製造黏著劑組合物所使用的成分顯示在以下。 ‧聚合物成分 (a):作為黏結劑聚合物,係將(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物(丙烯酸2-乙基己酯60質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯30質量份、丙烯酸2-羥乙酯10質量份共聚合而得到之共聚物。重量平均分子量:40萬) ‧環氧樹脂 (b):雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學製jER828、環氧當量184~194g/eq) ‧交聯劑成分 (c):3官能XDI系交聯劑(三井化學製TAKENATE(註冊商標)D-11ON)[0266](Manufacture of Adhesive Composition (I-4)) The components used in the manufacture of the adhesive composition are shown below. ‧Polymer composition (a): As the binder polymer, a (meth)acrylate copolymer (60 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 30 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 10 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate Copolymer obtained by copolymerization. Weight average molecular weight: 400,000) ‧Epoxy resin (b): Bisphenol A epoxy resin (jER828 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical, epoxy equivalent 184~194g/eq) ‧Crosslinking agent components (c): 3-functional XDI crosslinking agent (TAKENATE (registered trademark) D-11ON manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals) [0266]

調製含有聚合物成分(a)(100質量份、固體成分)、環氧樹脂(b)(16質量份、固體成分)及交聯劑成分(c)(25質量份、固體成分),而且含有甲基乙基酮作為溶劑且固體成分濃度為30質量%的非能量線硬化性黏著劑組合物(I-4)。Preparation contains polymer component (a) (100 mass parts, solid content), epoxy resin (b) (16 mass parts, solid content) and crosslinking agent component (c) (25 mass parts, solid content), and contains A non-energy ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4) in which methyl ethyl ketone is used as a solvent and the solid content concentration is 30% by mass.

(支撐片的製造) 在聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的一面藉由聚矽氧處理而經剝離處理的剝離膜(LINTEC公司製「SP-PE1381031」、厚度38μm)的前述剝離處理面,塗佈上述所得到的黏著劑組合物(I-4)且藉由於120℃使其加熱乾燥2分鐘,來形成厚度10μm的非能量線硬化性黏著劑層。 其次,藉由在該黏著劑層的露出面貼合含柔軟成分的聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯製膜(厚度80μm、23℃的楊格模數為500MPa)作為基材,而得到在前述基材的一表面上具備前述黏著劑層之透明的支撐片(10)-1。(manufacture of support sheet) The above-mentioned product was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film ("SP-PE1381031" manufactured by LINTEC Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) that was released by silicone treatment on one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film. The adhesive composition (I-4) was heated and dried at 120° C. for 2 minutes to form a non-energy ray-curable adhesive layer with a thickness of 10 μm. Next, a polybutylene terephthalate film (thickness 80 μm, Young’s modulus at 23°C: 500 MPa) containing a soft component was attached to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer as a base material to obtain the above-mentioned base material. A transparent support sheet (10)-1 with the aforementioned adhesive layer on one surface.

(保護膜形成用複合片的製造) 在聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的一面藉由聚矽氧處理而經剝離處理的剝離膜(LINTEC公司製「SP-PE1381031」、厚度38μm)的前述剝離處理面,使用刮刀塗佈器塗佈上述所得到的保護膜形成用組合物(III-1),藉由於100℃使其乾燥2分鐘,來製造厚度25μm的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜(13)-1。(Manufacture of composite sheets for protective film formation) Use a knife coater on the release-treated surface of a release film ("SP-PE1381031" manufactured by LINTEC Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) that has been released by silicone treatment on one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film. The protective film-forming composition (III-1) obtained above was applied and dried at 100° C. for 2 minutes to manufacture a thermosetting protective film-forming film (13)-1 with a thickness of 25 μm.

其次,將剝離膜從上述所得到的支撐片(10)-1的黏著劑層除去,在該黏著劑層的露出面貼合上述所得到的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜(13)-1的露出面,而製造將基材、黏著劑層、熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜(13)-1及剝離膜在該等厚度方向依此順序層積而成之實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片。Next, the release film was removed from the adhesive layer of the support sheet (10)-1 obtained above, and the film (13)-1 for forming a thermosetting protective film obtained above was attached to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer. The exposed surface of the substrate, the adhesive layer, the thermosetting protective film forming film (13)-1, and the release film are laminated in this order in the thickness direction to produce the protective film of Example 1. Use composite sheets.

<保護膜形成用複合片的耐寒性試驗> (成為積層體之步驟) 將背面研磨帶ADWILLE-8180HR(LINTEC公司製)使用膠帶貼合機RAD-3510(LINTEC公司製)而貼附在12英吋裸矽晶圓(厚度:775μm)之後,使用FU11AUTO GRINDER DG P8760(DISCO公司製)將矽晶圓進行磨削(厚度:300μm、磨削面:#2000)。隨後,使用膠帶貼合機RAD-2700(LINTEC公司製)而將實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片2的剝離膜剝下之後,貼附在該矽晶圓的磨削面來製造積層體試樣。將環狀框17裝配在積層體試樣之後,使用UV照射裝置RAD-2000(LINTEC公司製)對貼附在積層體試樣的表層之ADWILLE-8180HR照射UV後,進行剝離。<Cold Resistance Test of Composite Sheet for Protective Film Formation> (Steps to becoming a laminate) After attaching the back grinding tape ADWILLE-8180HR (manufactured by LINTEC Co., Ltd.) to a 12-inch bare silicon wafer (thickness: 775 μm) using a tape bonding machine RAD-3510 (manufactured by LINTEC Co., Ltd.), use FU11AUTO GRINDER DG P8760 (DISCO (manufactured by the company) Grind a silicon wafer (thickness: 300 μm, grinding surface: #2000). Subsequently, the release film of the protective film forming composite sheet 2 of Example 1 was peeled off using a tape bonding machine RAD-2700 (manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.), and then attached to the ground surface of the silicon wafer to manufacture a laminate. sample. After attaching the annular frame 17 to the laminate sample, the ADWILLE-8180HR attached to the surface layer of the laminate sample was irradiated with UV using a UV irradiation device RAD-2000 (manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.), and then peeled off.

(形成改質層之步驟) 隨後,使用雷射切割器DFL7361(DISCO公司製)從矽晶圓表層朝向保護膜形成用複合片2照射雷射,以成為晶片尺寸:1mm×1mm之方式實施雷射切割且在矽晶圓18的內部形成改質層(第5圖的左側)。(Step of forming modified layer) Then, laser is irradiated from the surface layer of the silicon wafer toward the composite sheet 2 for protective film formation using a laser cutter DFL7361 (manufactured by DISCO Co., Ltd.), and the laser dicing is performed so that the wafer size: 1mm×1mm, and the silicon wafer 18 A modified layer is formed inside (the left side of Fig. 5).

(冷擴展步驟) 將上述所得到之在內部形成有改質層的矽晶圓18及保護膜形成用複合片2之積層體試樣全體,在擴展器DDS2300(DISCO公司製)內邊於-15℃冷卻邊在上推速度20mm/sec、上推量20mm的條件下,藉由將工作台上推而將積層體試樣往熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23的平面方向進行冷擴展。藉此,將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜23切斷之同時,在改質層的部位將矽晶圓18分割且得到複數個大小為1mm×1mm的半導體晶片19(第5圖的右側)。(cold expansion step) The entire laminate sample of the silicon wafer 18 having the modified layer formed therein and the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film obtained above was cooled at -15°C in an expander DDS2300 (manufactured by DISCO Corporation). Under the conditions of a push-up speed of 20 mm/sec and a push-up amount of 20 mm, the laminate sample was cold-expanded in the plane direction of the thermosetting protective film forming film 23 by pushing up the table. Thereby, while cutting the thin film 23 for forming a thermosetting protective film, the silicon wafer 18 is divided at the portion of the reformed layer to obtain a plurality of semiconductor wafers 19 with a size of 1 mm×1 mm (right side in FIG. 5 ). .

(耐寒性試驗) 藉由目視確認經過上述冷擴展步驟後,基材有無斷裂。將保護膜形成用複合片的基材不破裂且正經地支撐著半導體晶片之物評定為「P」,將保護膜形成用複合片的基材破裂之物評定為「Q」。(cold resistance test) After the above-mentioned cold expansion step, whether or not the base material is broken was checked visually. The base material of the composite sheet for protective film formation was rated as "P" and the base material of the composite sheet for protective film formation was cracked as "Q".

<保護膜形成用複合片的耐熱性試驗> 使用膠帶貼合機RAD-2700(LINTEC公司製),將保護膜形成用複合片1的剝離膜剝下而貼附在12英吋矽晶圓(厚度:300μm磨削面:#2000)的磨削面來製造積層體試樣。將該積層體試樣裝配在環狀框17之後,進行評價在130℃、2h(小時)的條件下使熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜13加熱硬化而成為保護膜13'時之支撐片10的最大沈入量d(第6圖)。<Heat Resistance Test of Composite Sheet for Protective Film Formation> Using a tape bonding machine RAD-2700 (manufactured by LINTEC), peel off the release film of the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation and attach it to the grinding surface of a 12-inch silicon wafer (thickness: 300 μm grinding surface: #2000). beveled to produce laminate samples. After this laminate sample was mounted on the ring frame 17, the support sheet 10 was evaluated when the thermosetting protective film forming film 13 was thermally cured under the conditions of 130° C. and 2 hours (hours) to form a protective film 13 ′. The maximum sinking amount d (Figure 6).

將最大沈入量為小於2.0mm之物評定為「P」,將最大沈入量為2.0mm以上之物評定為「Q」。The thing whose maximum sinking amount is less than 2.0 mm is evaluated as "P", and the thing whose maximum sinking amount is more than 2.0 mm is rated as "Q".

<熱荷重試驗> 將保護膜形成用複合片的基材,以MD方向(亦即流動方向)成為長邊方向之方式切取長邊110mm×短邊22mm,其次,所切取的基材之加熱前的夾子間距離(測定間距離L0 )成為約100mm之方式且在負荷2.2g的荷重之狀態下(亦即荷重為2.2g/22mm=0.lg/mm)於130℃加熱2小時,隨後放冷而測定於23℃加熱後的夾子間距離(測定間距離L1 )且求取下述式(1)表示之熱伸縮率X(MD:長邊)。 X=(L1 -L0 )/L0 ×100…(1)<Heat load test> Cut out the base material of the composite sheet for protective film formation so that the MD direction (that is, the flow direction) becomes the long side direction. The distance between the clips (measurement distance L 0 ) becomes about 100mm, and it is heated at 130°C for 2 hours under a load of 2.2g (that is, the load is 2.2g/22mm=0.lg/mm), and then After cooling, the distance between clips after heating at 23° C. (measurement distance L 1 ) was measured, and the thermal expansion ratio X (MD: long side) represented by the following formula (1) was obtained. X=(L 1 -L 0 )/L 0 ×100…(1)

將保護膜形成用複合片的基材,CD方向(亦即寬度方向)成為長邊方向之方式切取長邊110mm×短邊22mm,同樣地求取式(1)表示之熱伸縮率X'(CD:長邊)。The base material of the composite sheet for protective film formation is cut out in such a way that the CD direction (that is, the width direction) becomes the long side direction, and the long side is 110mm x the short side is 22mm, and the thermal expansion rate X'( CD: long side).

<動態黏彈性測定> 使用股份公司A&D製RHEOVIBRON(註冊商標)DDV-01FP(製品名)在以下的條件下,測定支撐片的基材的損失彈性模數及儲存彈性模數。從測定值求取在-15℃之損失彈性模數/儲存彈性模數之比(亦即損失正接(tanδ))。又,求取在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')。 試樣尺寸:長邊20mm(夾具間距離)、短邊4mm、厚度(各基材試樣的厚度)。但是以MD方向成為長邊方向之方式切取。 測定條件:-50℃~80℃、3℃/min 測定模式:拉伸模式 頻率:10Hz<Dynamic viscoelasticity measurement> The loss elastic modulus and storage elastic modulus of the base material of a support sheet were measured using RHEOVIBRON (registered trademark) DDV-01FP (product name) manufactured by A&D Co., Ltd. under the following conditions. The ratio of the loss elastic modulus/storage elastic modulus at -15°C (that is, the loss positive connection (tan δ)) was obtained from the measured values. Also, the storage elastic modulus (G') at 80°C was obtained. Sample size: long side 20mm (distance between clamps), short side 4mm, thickness (thickness of each substrate sample). However, it is cut so that the MD direction becomes the longitudinal direction. Measuring conditions: -50°C~80°C, 3°C/min Measuring Mode: Stretch Mode Frequency: 10Hz

(厚度的測定) 使用定壓厚度測定器(Teclock公司製、製品名「PG-02」)而測定。(measurement of thickness) It measured using a constant pressure thickness measuring device (manufactured by Teclock Corporation, product name "PG-02").

將實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片的熱荷重試驗、耐寒性試驗及耐熱性試驗之結果顯示在表1。實施例1的保護膜形成用複合片,不會因冷擴展引起支撐片的基材產生破裂,而且即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片亦不會彎曲。Table 1 shows the results of the heat load test, cold resistance test, and heat resistance test of the composite sheet for protective film formation of Example 1. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Example 1, the base material of the support sheet was not cracked by cold expansion, and the support sheet did not bend even when the thermosetting protective film forming film was heated and hardened.

[實施例2] <保護膜形成複合用薄片的製造及評價> 除了將基材設為由聚丙烯(PP)與烯烴系熱可塑性彈性體(有略記為TPO之情形)的混合樹脂所構成之3層的透明膜(厚度:80nm、23℃的楊格模數50MPa)以外,係與實施例1同樣地進行而製造實施例2的保護膜形成用複合片。[Example 2] <Manufacture and evaluation of protective film forming composite sheet> Except that the base material is a three-layer transparent film (thickness: 80nm, Younger's modulus at 23°C 50MPa) composed of a mixed resin of polypropylene (PP) and olefin-based thermoplastic elastomer (sometimes abbreviated as TPO). Except that, it carried out similarly to Example 1, and manufactured the composite sheet for protective film formation of Example 2.

將實施例2的保護膜形成用複合片的熱荷重試驗、耐寒性試驗及耐熱性試驗之結果顯示在表1。實施例2的保護膜形成用複合片,不會因冷擴展引起支撐片的基材產生破裂,而且即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片亦不會彎曲。Table 1 shows the results of the thermal load test, the cold resistance test, and the heat resistance test of the composite sheet for protective film formation of Example 2. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Example 2, the base material of the support sheet was not cracked by cold expansion, and the support sheet did not bend even when the thermosetting protective film forming film was heated and hardened.

[實施例3] <保護膜形成複合用片的製造及評價> 除了將基材設為聚乙烯(PE)/聚丙烯(PP)/聚乙烯(PE)的3層透明膜(厚度:80m、23℃的楊格模數為500MPa)以外,係與實施例1同樣地進行而製造實施例3的保護膜形成用複合片。[Example 3] <Manufacture and evaluation of protective film forming composite sheet> Except that the base material is a three-layer transparent film of polyethylene (PE)/polypropylene (PP)/polyethylene (PE) (thickness: 80m, Young's modulus at 23°C: 500MPa), it is the same as Example 1 The composite sheet for protective film formation of Example 3 was manufactured by proceeding.

將實施例3的保護膜形成用複合片的熱荷重試驗、耐寒性試驗及耐熱性試驗之結果顯示在表1。實施例3的保護膜形成用複合片,不會因冷擴展引起支撐片的基材產生破裂,而且即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片亦不會彎曲。Table 1 shows the results of the thermal load test, the cold resistance test, and the heat resistance test of the composite sheet for protective film formation of Example 3. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Example 3, the substrate of the support sheet was not cracked due to cold expansion, and the support sheet did not bend even when the thermosetting protective film forming film was heated and hardened.

[比較例1] <保護膜形成複合用薄片的製造及評價> 除了將基材設為聚丙烯(PP)/聚丙烯(PP)的2層透明膜(厚度:15μm+65μm=80μm、23℃的楊格模數為500MPa)以外,係與實施例1同樣地進行而製造比較例1的保護膜形成用複合片。[Comparative example 1] <Manufacture and evaluation of protective film forming composite sheet> Except that the base material is a two-layer transparent film of polypropylene (PP)/polypropylene (PP) (thickness: 15 μm + 65 μm = 80 μm, Young’s modulus at 23° C. is 500 MPa), it is carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. A composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 1 was produced.

將比較例1的保護膜形成用複合片的熱荷重試驗、耐寒性試驗及耐熱性試驗之結果顯示在表1。比較例1的保護膜形成用複合片,雖然即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片亦不會彎曲,但是因冷擴展引起支撐片的基材破裂掉。Table 1 shows the results of the heat load test, cold resistance test, and heat resistance test of the composite sheet for protective film formation of Comparative Example 1. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 1, the support sheet was not bent even under the conditions of heating and hardening the thermosetting protective film forming film, but the base material of the support sheet was cracked due to cold expansion.

[比較例2] <保護膜形成複合用薄片的製造及評價> 除了將基材設為聚乙烯(PE)製的透明薄膜(厚度:110μm、23℃的楊格模數為140MPa)以外,係與實施例1同樣地進行而製造比較例2的保護膜形成用複合片。[Comparative example 2] <Manufacture and evaluation of protective film forming composite sheet> A protective film-forming composite sheet of Comparative Example 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the base material was a polyethylene (PE) transparent film (thickness: 110 μm, Younger modulus at 23°C: 140 MPa). .

將比較例2的保護膜形成用複合片的熱荷重試驗、耐寒性試驗及耐熱性試驗之結果顯示在表1。比較例2的保護膜形成用複合片,雖然不會因冷擴展引起支撐片的基材產生破裂,但是在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片彎曲掉。Table 1 shows the results of the heat load test, cold resistance test, and heat resistance test of the composite sheet for protective film formation of Comparative Example 2. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 2, although the base material of the support sheet was not cracked by cold expansion, the support sheet was bent under the conditions of heating and curing the thermosetting protective film forming film.

[比較例3] <保護膜形成複合用薄片的製造及評價> 除了將基材設為聚丙烯(PP)製的透明薄膜(厚度:60μm、23℃的楊格模數為150MPa)以外,係與實施例1同樣地進行而製造比較例3的保護膜形成用複合片。[Comparative example 3] <Manufacture and evaluation of protective film forming composite sheet> A protective film-forming composite sheet of Comparative Example 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the base material was a transparent film made of polypropylene (PP) (thickness: 60 μm, Younger modulus at 23°C: 150 MPa). .

將比較例3的保護膜形成用複合片的熱荷重試驗、耐寒性試驗及耐熱性試驗之結果顯示在表1。比較例3的保護膜形成用複合片,雖然即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片亦不會彎曲,但是因冷擴展引起支撐片的基材破裂掉。Table 1 shows the results of the heat load test, cold resistance test, and heat resistance test of the composite sheet for protective film formation of Comparative Example 3. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 3, the support sheet did not bend even under the conditions of heating and curing the thermosetting protective film forming film, but the base material of the support sheet was cracked due to cold expansion.

[表1]

Figure 02_image006
[Table 1]
Figure 02_image006

從實施例1~3的結果能夠清楚明白,在本發明的保護膜形成用複合片,藉由基材在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上且在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上,不會因冷擴展引起支撐片的基材產生破裂,而且即便在將熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜加熱硬化之條件下,支撐片亦不會彎曲。 產業上之可利用性As can be clearly seen from the results of Examples 1 to 3, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the storage modulus of elasticity ( G') is 35.0 MPa or more, the base material of the support sheet will not be cracked due to cold expansion, and the support sheet will not bend even under the condition of heating and hardening the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. Industrial availability

因為本發明能夠適合利用在藉由冷擴展而分割的方法來製造附有保護膜的半導體晶片,在產業上為非常有用的。The present invention is industrially very useful because it can be suitably utilized in the manufacture of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film by a method of dividing by cold expansion.

1、2‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 10‧‧‧支撐片 10a‧‧‧支撐片表面 11‧‧‧基材 11a‧‧‧基材表面 12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面 13、23‧‧‧熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜 13a、23a‧‧‧熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜表面 13'、23'‧‧‧保護膜 15‧‧‧剝離膜 15a‧‧‧剝離膜表面 16‧‧‧治具用接著劑層 16a‧‧‧治具用接著劑層的表面 17‧‧‧環狀框 18‧‧‧半導體晶圓(矽晶圓) 18a‧‧‧半導體晶圓的背面 18c‧‧‧改質層 19‧‧‧半導體晶片 20‧‧‧背面研磨帶 SD‧‧‧雷射光照射 CE‧‧‧冷擴展1. 2‧‧‧Composite sheet for protective film formation 10‧‧‧Support piece 10a‧‧‧Support surface 11‧‧‧Substrate 11a‧‧‧Substrate surface 12‧‧‧adhesive layer 12a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer 13.23‧‧‧Films for forming thermosetting protective films 13a, 23a‧‧‧The surface of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film 13', 23'‧‧‧Protective film 15‧‧‧Peeling film 15a‧‧‧Peeling film surface 16‧‧‧adhesive layer for jig 16a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer for jigs 17‧‧‧ring frame 18‧‧‧Semiconductor wafer (silicon wafer) 18a‧‧‧The back side of the semiconductor wafer 18c‧‧‧modified layer 19‧‧‧semiconductor chip 20‧‧‧Back grinding tape SD‧‧‧Laser light irradiation CE‧‧‧Cold expansion

第1圖係示意性地顯示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的一實施形態之剖面圖。 第2圖係示意性地顯示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的其它實施形態之剖面圖。 第3圖係示意性地顯示附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法的一個例子之剖面圖。 第4圖係示意性地顯示附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法的其它例子戈久剖面圖。 第5圖係示意性地顯示保護膜形成用複合片的耐寒性試驗方法之剖面圖。 第6圖係示意性地顯示保護膜形成用複合片的耐熱性試驗方法之剖面圖。Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film. Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of the method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film. Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a cold resistance test method of a composite sheet for forming a protective film. Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a heat resistance test method of a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

1‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1‧‧‧Composite sheet for protective film formation

10‧‧‧支撐片 10‧‧‧Support piece

10a‧‧‧支撐片表面 10a‧‧‧Support surface

11‧‧‧基材 11‧‧‧Substrate

11a‧‧‧基材表面 11a‧‧‧Substrate surface

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面 12a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer

13‧‧‧熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜 13‧‧‧Film for forming thermosetting protective film

13a‧‧‧熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜表面 13a‧‧‧The surface of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Peeling film

15a‧‧‧剝離膜表面 15a‧‧‧Peeling film surface

Claims (6)

一種保護膜形成用複合片,係包含:具有基材之支撐片;及在前述支撐片上所具備的熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜,前述基材係具有在-15℃之損失正接(tanδ)為0.05以上且在80℃之儲存彈性模數(G')為35.0MPa以上之特性。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising: a support sheet having a substrate; and a thermosetting protective film forming film on the support sheet, the substrate having a loss positive connection (tanδ) at -15°C It is 0.05 or more and the storage elastic modulus (G') at 80°C is 35.0 MPa or more. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述基材具有,在以前述基材MD方向或CD方向成為長邊方向之方式切取長邊110mm×短邊22mm,以加熱前的測定間距離L0成為約100mm之方式且在負荷2.2g的荷重之狀態下於130℃加熱2小時,隨後放冷而測定於23℃加熱後的測定間距離L1時,在將前述基材的MD方向作為長邊而切取時及將前述基材的CD方向作為長邊而切取時之任一者,下述式(1)表示之熱伸縮率X均為-3%以上且+3%以下之特性,X=[(L1-L0)/L0]×100...(1)。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in claim 1, wherein the base material has a length of 110 mm x a short side of 22 mm cut out so that the MD direction or CD direction of the base material becomes the long side direction, and heated When the previous measurement distance L 0 becomes about 100 mm and the load state of 2.2 g is heated at 130° C. for 2 hours, and then cooled to measure the measurement distance L 1 after heating at 23° C., the above-mentioned Either when the MD direction of the substrate is taken as the long side or when the CD direction of the above-mentioned substrate is taken as the long side, the thermal expansion ratio X represented by the following formula (1) is -3% or more and + The characteristic below 3%, X=[(L 1 -L 0 )/L 0 ]×100...(1). 如申請專利範圍第1或2項所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述支撐片係進一步包含依序將黏著劑層,前述基材、前述黏著劑層及前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜依此順序層積。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in claim 1 or 2 of the patent application, wherein the aforementioned support sheet further comprises an adhesive layer, the aforementioned substrate, the aforementioned adhesive layer, and the aforementioned thermosetting protective film forming composite sheet. The films are stacked in this order. 如申請專利範圍第3項所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性或能量線硬化性。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 3, wherein the adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable or energy ray curable. 如申請專利範圍第3項所述之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層的厚度為3~20μm。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in claim 3 of the patent application, wherein the thickness of the adhesive layer is 3-20 μm. 一種附有保護膜的半導體晶片的製造方法,係包含下列步驟: 將半導體晶圓層積在如申請專利範圍第1至5項中任一項所述之保護膜形成用複合片的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜之側而製造積層體;對前述積層體的前述半導體晶圓的內部照射雷射光而在前述半導體晶圓的內部形成改質層;將前述積層體的前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜進行加熱硬化而成為保護膜;及將前述積層體於低於常溫的溫度進行冷擴展而將前述半導體晶圓、以及前述熱硬化性保護膜形成用薄膜或前述保護膜分割。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer with a protective film, comprising the following steps: A laminate is produced by laminating semiconductor wafers on the side of the thermosetting protective film-forming film of the protective film-forming composite sheet described in any one of claims 1 to 5; for the aforementioned laminate The inside of the aforementioned semiconductor wafer is irradiated with laser light to form a modified layer inside the aforementioned semiconductor wafer; the aforementioned thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film of the aforementioned laminate is heated and hardened to form a protective film; and the aforementioned laminate is formed into a protective film. The semiconductor wafer and the thin film for forming a thermosetting protective film or the protective film are divided by performing cold expansion at a temperature lower than normal temperature.
TW108107788A 2018-03-09 2019-03-08 Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film TWI805704B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018043567 2018-03-09
JP2018-043567 2018-03-09

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201938365A TW201938365A (en) 2019-10-01
TWI805704B true TWI805704B (en) 2023-06-21

Family

ID=67847394

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108107788A TWI805704B (en) 2018-03-09 2019-03-08 Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7330166B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20200130235A (en)
CN (1) CN111417513B (en)
TW (1) TWI805704B (en)
WO (1) WO2019172439A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7345328B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2023-09-15 株式会社ディスコ Processing method of workpiece
JP7236366B2 (en) * 2019-09-25 2023-03-09 日東電工株式会社 surface protection film
WO2023171079A1 (en) * 2022-03-09 2023-09-14 リンテック株式会社 Sheet for workpiece processing and manufacturing method of processed workpiece

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI238182B (en) * 1998-11-20 2005-08-21 Lintec Corp Pressure sensitive adhesive sheet and method of use thereof
TW201406544A (en) * 2012-05-14 2014-02-16 Lintec Corp Sheet having adhesive resin layer attached thereto, and method for producing semiconductor device

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003138228A (en) * 2001-11-02 2003-05-14 Nitto Denko Corp Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for protecting semiconductor wafer
JP4519409B2 (en) * 2003-02-24 2010-08-04 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet and method of using the same
JP2004338289A (en) * 2003-05-16 2004-12-02 Sekisui Film Kk Base material for pressure-sensitive adhesive tape and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
JP2005272724A (en) * 2004-03-25 2005-10-06 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd:The Adhesive tape for semiconductor
JP2012222002A (en) 2011-04-04 2012-11-12 Nitto Denko Corp Dicing die-bonding film and semiconductor device manufacturing method
US20170036431A1 (en) * 2014-03-28 2017-02-09 Lintec Corporation Base film for dicing sheet, dicing sheet compresing base film, and method of manufacturing base film
JP2017008255A (en) * 2015-06-25 2017-01-12 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for forming protective film, tip with protective film and manufacturing method of tip with protective film
WO2016002079A1 (en) * 2014-07-04 2016-01-07 リンテック株式会社 Protective membrane forming film
SG11201707264VA (en) * 2015-03-12 2017-10-30 Lintec Corp Film for forming protection film
JP2017183705A (en) 2016-03-24 2017-10-05 日東電工株式会社 Dicing die bonding film, and method of manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2019172438A1 (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-09-12 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for producing semiconductor chip with protective film

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI238182B (en) * 1998-11-20 2005-08-21 Lintec Corp Pressure sensitive adhesive sheet and method of use thereof
TW201406544A (en) * 2012-05-14 2014-02-16 Lintec Corp Sheet having adhesive resin layer attached thereto, and method for producing semiconductor device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7330166B2 (en) 2023-08-21
WO2019172439A1 (en) 2019-09-12
JPWO2019172439A1 (en) 2021-03-18
CN111417513B (en) 2022-06-03
CN111417513A (en) 2020-07-14
KR20200130235A (en) 2020-11-18
TW201938365A (en) 2019-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI809051B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film
TW201531549A (en) Semiconductor bonding adhesive sheet and semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP6914698B2 (en) Composite sheet for resin film formation
TWI826594B (en) Heat-curable protective-membrane-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, manufacturing method of chip, use of heat-curable protective-membrane-forming film, and use of heat-curable film
TWI805704B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film
JPWO2019182001A1 (en) Film-like adhesive and semiconductor processing sheet
KR20190126817A (en) Manufacturing method of film adhesive composite sheet and semiconductor device
JP7044780B2 (en) Resin film forming film and resin film forming composite sheet
JP6438181B1 (en) Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2020183044A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective coat
JP2021040098A (en) Support sheet, film for protection film form, composite sheet for protection film formation, and method for manufacturing protection film-attached work product
JP2019062107A (en) Composite sheet for resin film formation
JP7114013B1 (en) Adhesive sheet for fixing jig, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
JP2019062108A (en) Composite sheet for resin film formation
JP7465099B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
TW202348756A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of protective film-forming film having desirable storage elastic modulus for a test piece formed by multiple pieces of the protective films
TW202239602A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method for manufacturing processed workpiece having protective film, and method for manufacturing workpiece having protective film capable of suppressing occurrence of an abnormality in a protective film even if a protective film forming film is thermally cured at a higher temperature
JP2022146907A (en) Jig fixture adhesive sheet, protective film forming composite sheet, and manufacturing method of chip with protective film
JP2023031526A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, production method of work with protective film, and production method of processed article of work with protective film
TW202348757A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of protective film-forming film providing a protective film-forming composite sheet including a support sheet and the protective film-forming film provided on one surface of the support sheet
JP2021040099A (en) Film for protection film formation, composite sheet for protection film formation, and method for manufacturing protection film-attached work product
JPWO2020175421A1 (en) Thermosetting resin film and first protective film forming sheet